e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
[X]
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
[ ]
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File
No. 000-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)
|
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market
|
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the
Act: Preferred Share Purchase Rights
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes [ü] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [ü] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller
reporting company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act). (Check one):
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer [ ]
|
|
Accelerated filer
[ü]
|
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company [ ]
|
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market on June 29, 2007, the aggregate market
value of the voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant was $658,215,141. Shares of Common Stock held by each
officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of
the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of
affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination
for other purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $.001 par value, was 94,089,806 on February 29,
2008.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2008
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007) are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Forward Looking
Statements
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are forward-looking statements that involve risk and
uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation,
statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or
strategies regarding the future. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as
may, will, should,
expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, intends,
estimates, predicts,
potential, or continue or the negative
of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements
are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
factors, which may cause our actual results to differ materially
from those implied by the forward-looking statements. Important
factors that may cause actual results to differ from
expectations include those discussed in Risk Factors
beginning on page 13 in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are based on information available to us on the date thereof,
and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statements. The terms Harmonic, the
Company, we, us,
its, and our as used in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors
as a combined entity, except where the context requires
otherwise.
PART I
Item 1.
Business
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video products and system solutions that enable service
providers to efficiently deliver the next generation of
broadcast and on-demand services, including high-definition
television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. We also provide our video processing
solutions to telecommunications companies, or telcos,
broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video services to
their customers.
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Demand for Broadband
and Digital Video Services
The delivery to subscribers of television programming and
Internet-based information and communication services is
converging, driven in part by advances in technology and in part
by changes in the regulatory and competitive environment.
Viewers of video increasingly seek a more personalized and
dynamic video experience that can be delivered to a variety of
devices ranging from wide-screen HDTVs to mobile devices,
including cellular phones. Today, there are a number of
developing trends which impact the broadcasting and television
business and that of our service provider customers, which
deliver video programming. These trends include:
On-Demand
Services
The introduction of digital video recorders and network-based
VOD services is leading to changes in the way subscribers watch
television programming. Subscribers are increasingly utilizing
time-shifting and ad-skipping
technology. Further advances in technology are likely to
accelerate these trends, with cable, satellite and telco
operators announcing initiatives, often in conjunction with
network broadcasters, to increasingly personalize
subscribers video viewing experience.
2
High-Definition
Television
The increasing popularity of HDTV and home theater equipment is
putting pressure on broadcasters and
pay-TV
providers to offer additional HDTV content and higher quality
video signals for both standard and high definition services.
For example, DIRECTV offered approximately 90 national HDTV
channels to its subscribers at the end of 2007, and other
service providers are also rapidly introducing expanded HDTV
offerings.
The Internet and
Other Emerging Distribution Methods
Several companies, including Google, Yahoo! and Apple, have
recently announced their entry into the video distribution
business and enable their customers to download video content to
PCs and mobile devices. We believe it is likely that the entry
of these companies into the video distribution business will
further change traditional video viewing habits and distribution
methods.
Mobile
Video
Several telcos in the U.S. and abroad have launched video
services to cellular telephones and other mobile devices.
Certain cable operators have entered into agreements with mobile
phone operators that are likely to lead to further expansion of
mobile video services.
These trends are expected to increase the demand from service
providers for sophisticated digital video systems and optical
network products, which are required to acquire video content
from a variety of sources and deliver it to the subscriber.
The Market
Opportunity
Personalized video services, such as VOD, and the increasing
amounts of high definition content, as well as an increasing
amount of data being transmitted over communications networks,
will require greater bandwidth to the home in order to deliver
maximum choice and flexibility to the subscriber. In addition,
the delivery of live television and downloadable content to
cellular telephones and other mobile devices creates bandwidth
constraints and network management challenges. The demand for
more bandwidth-intensive video, voice and data content has
strained existing communications networks and created
bottlenecks, especially in the headends and in the last mile of
the communications infrastructure where homes connect to the
local network. The upgrade and extension of existing networks or
the construction of completely new network environments to
facilitate the delivery of high-speed broadband video, voice and
data services requires substantial expenditure and often the
replacement of significant portions of the existing
infrastructure. As a result, service providers are seeking
solutions that maximize the efficiency of existing available
bandwidth and cost-effectively manage and transport digital
traffic within networks, while minimizing the need to construct
new networks for the distribution of video, voice and data
content.
Competition and
Deregulation
Competition among traditional service providers in the cable and
satellite markets has intensified as offerings from
non-traditional providers of video, such as telcos, Internet
companies and mobile operators, are beginning to attract
subscribers. The economic success of existing and new operators
in this increasingly competitive environment will depend, to a
large extent, on their ability to provide a broader range of
offerings that package video, voice and data services for
subscribers. These services all need to be delivered in a highly
reliable manner with easy access to a service providers
network. This increasingly competitive environment led to higher
capital spending by many of the market participants in 2007, in
an effort to deploy attractive packages of services and to
capture high revenue-generating subscribers. Similar competitive
factors and the liberalization of regulatory regimes in foreign
countries have led to the establishment abroad of new or
expanded cable television networks, the launch of new direct
broadcast satellite, or DBS, services and particularly, the
entry of telephone companies into the business of providing
video services.
3
Our Cable Market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have introduced digital
video, voice and data services. By offering bundled packages of
broadband services, cable operators are seeking to obtain a
competitive advantage over telephone companies and direct
broadcast satellite, or DBS, providers and to create additional
revenue streams. Cable operators have been upgrading and
rebuilding their networks to offer digital video, which enables
them to provide more channels and better picture quality than
analog video, allowing them to better compete against the
substantial penetration of DBS services. These upgrades to
digital video allow cable operators to roll out HDTV and
interactive services, such as VOD, on their digital platforms.
Capital spending on upgrades includes investment in digital
video equipment that can receive, process and distribute content
from a variety of sources in increasingly complex headends. For
example, VOD services require video storage equipment and
servers, systems to ingest, store and intelligently distribute
increasing amounts of content, complemented by edge devices
capable of routing, multiplexing and modulation for delivering
signals to individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coax, or
HFC, network. Additionally, the provision of HDTV channels
requires deployment of high-definition encoders and
significantly more available bandwidth than the equivalent
number of standard definition channels. In order to provide more
bandwidth for such services, operators are adopting bandwidth
optimization techniques such as switched digital video, new
standards such as DOCSIS 3.0, as well as making enhancements to
their optical networks, including the segmentation of nodes and
the extension of bandwidth from 750 MHz to 1 GHz.
Although U.S. cable capital expenditures have generally
declined in recent years, principally due to lower expenditures
for network construction, certain cable operators increased
their capital spending in 2007 and have indicated that they will
spend comparable amounts in 2008.
Our Satellite Market
Satellite operators around the world have established digital
television services that serve millions of subscribers. These
services are capable of providing up to several hundred channels
of high quality standard definition video as well as increasing
numbers of high definition channels. DBS services, however,
operate mostly in a one-way environment. Signals are transmitted
from an uplink center to a satellite and then beamed to dishes
located at subscribers homes. This method is suited to the
delivery of broadcast television, but does not lend itself
easily to two-way services, such as Internet access or VOD. As
cable operators expand the number of channels offered and
introduce services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are
seeking to protect and expand their subscriber base in a number
of ways. Domestic DBS operators have made local channels
available in all major markets in standard definition format and
are steadily adding local channels in high definition. Advances
in digital video compression technology allow DBS operators to
cost-effectively add these new channels and to further expand
their video entertainment offerings. Certain operators have also
begun to introduce VOD services which are delivered either by
satellite or a terrestrial broadband connection. These new
services, particularly HDTV, pose continuing bandwidth
challenges and are expected to require ongoing capital
expenditures for satellite capacity and other infrastructure by
such operators.
Our Telco Market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services as well as saturation
of fixed-line and basic mobile services. Consequently, many
telcos around the world have added, or are planning to add,
video services as a competitive response to cable and satellite
and as a potential source of revenue growth. However, the
telcos legacy networks are not well equipped to offer
video services. The bandwidth and distance limitations of the
copper-based last mile present difficulties in providing
multiple video services to widespread geographic areas.
Multi-channel video, especially HDTV, delivered over DSL lines
has significant bandwidth constraints, but the use of video
compression technology at very low bit rates and improvements in
DSL technology have allowed many operators to introduce video
services using the Internet Protocol (IPTV). Many major telcos
are now implementing plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks
to offer bundled video, voice and data services including
initial mobile video services to hand-held devices such as
cellular telephones.
4
Other Markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up broadcast spectrum.
The conversion to digital transmission often provides the
opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with similar
requirements to cable and satellite providers in that they need
to convert analog signals to digital signals prior to
transmission and must also effectively manage the available
bandwidth to maximize their revenue streams. Similarly,
operators of wireless broadcast systems require encoding for the
conversion of analog signals to digital signals.
Current Industry
Conditions
The telecommunications industry has seen considerable
restructuring and consolidation in recent years. For example:
|
|
−
|
In 2007, AT&T acquired Bell South.
|
|
−
|
In 2007, Time Warner Cable was spun out of Time Warner.
|
|
−
|
In 2006, Adelphia Communications sold its cable systems out of
bankruptcy to Comcast and Time-Warner Cable, the largest
U.S. multi-system operators, or MSOs.
|
|
−
|
In 2008, Liberty Media acquired a controlling stake in DIRECTV
from News Corp., following the sale of DIRECTV by Hughes to News
Corp. a few years previously.
|
|
−
|
In 2006, NTL and Telewest, the major cable operators in the UK,
merged to form Virgin Media.
|
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industry, capital spending plans, and our business for the
foreseeable future.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products generally fall into two principal
categories, video processing solutions and edge and access
products. In addition, we provide network management software
and have recently introduced and acquired new application
software products. We also provide technical support services to
our customers worldwide. Our video processing solutions provide
broadband operators with the ability to acquire a variety of
signals from different sources, in different protocols, and to
organize, manage and distribute this content to maximize use of
the available bandwidth. Our edge products enable cable
operators to deliver customized broadcast or narrowcast
on-demand services to their subscribers. Our access products,
which consist mainly of optical transmission products, node
platforms and return path products, allow cable operators to
deliver video, data and voice services over their networks.
Video Processing
Products
DiviCom encoders. We offer a line of high performance
encoders, which provide compression of video, audio and data
channels. Using sophisticated signal pre-processing, noise
reduction and encoding algorithms, these encoders produce
high-quality video and audio at low data transmission rates. Our
encoders are available in the standard and high definition
formats in both MPEG-2 and the newer MPEG-4 AVC/H264, or MPEG-4,
video compression standards. Compliance with these widely
adopted standards enables interoperability with products
manufactured by other companies, such as set-top boxes and
conditional access systems.
5
Statistical multiplexing solutions. We offer a variety of
solutions which enable our customers to efficiently combine
video streams generated by encoders into a single transport
stream at the required data rate. These channel combinations, or
pools can be in standard definition, high
definition, or a combination of both. An important product for
these applications is our DiviTrackIP which enable operators to
combine inputs from different physical locations in a single
multiplex.
Stream processing products. Our ProStream platform and
other processing products offer our customers a variety of
capabilities which enable them to manage and organize digital
streams in a format best suited to their particular delivery
requirements and subscriber offerings. Specific applications
include multiplexing, scrambling, re-encoding, rate-shaping and
splicing. Our products for these applications include our
ProStream 1000 and 2000.
Decoders and descramblers. We provide integrated
receivers-decoders to allow service providers to acquire content
distributed from satellite and terrestrial broadcasters for
distribution to their subscribers. These products are available
in both standard and high definition formats. The Pro Stream
1000 can also be used as a bulk descrambler to enable operators
to deliver up to 128 channels of video and efficiently
descramble the content at small or remote headends.
Edge and Access
Products
Edge products. Our Narrowcast Services Gateway family, or
NSG, is a fully integrated edge gateway, which integrates
routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single package for
the delivery of VOD services to subscribers over cable networks.
The NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit Ethernet inputs,
allowing the cable operator to use bandwidth efficiently by
delivering IP signals from the headend to the edge of the
network for subsequent modulation onto the HFC network. The most
recent NSG product, the high-density NSG 9000, may also be used
in switched digital video and
M-CMTS
applications as well as large-scale VOD deployments.
Transmitters and optical amplifiers. Our MAXLink
transmitters and optical amplifiers operate at a wavelength of
1550 nm and serve long-haul applications. The MAXLink Plus
further increases the channel capacity of cable and other
networks and can transmit over distances in excess of 200
kilometers. The PWRLink series provides optical transmission
primarily at a headend or hub for local distribution to optical
nodes and for narrowcasting, which is the transmission of
programming to a select set of subscribers. Our METROLink Dense
Wave Division Multiplexing, or DWDM, system allows
operators to expand the capacity of a single strand of fiber and
also to provide narrowcast services directly from the headend to
nodes. This ability can significantly reduce the size of hubs
and the associated building and equipment maintenance costs.
Optical nodes and return path equipment. Our family of
PWRBlazer optical nodes supports network architectures which
meet the varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a service
area. By the addition of modules providing functions such as
return path transmission and DWDM, our configurable nodes are
easily segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic over a
fiber network without major reconstruction or replacement of our
customers networks. Our return path transmitters support
two-way transmission capabilities by sending video, voice and
data signals from the optical node back to the headend. These
transmitters are available for either analog or digital
transport.
IP transmission equipment. Our FLXLink Commercial
Services solution allows an operator to leverage its existing
network by providing high-speed services on a wavelength of a
shared fiber to individual customers or to multiple-dwelling
units. This solution comprises data transport capability at
various speeds and network interface units to connect to the
subscribers internal wiring.
Software Products
Management and control software. Our NMX Digital Service
Manager gives service providers the ability to control and
visually monitor their digital video infrastructure at an
aggregate level, rather than as just discrete pieces of
hardware, reducing their operational costs. Our NETWatch
management system operates in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software enables the broadband service
operator to monitor and control the HFC
6
transmission network from a master headend or remote locations.
Our NMX Digital Service Manager and NETWatch software is
designed to be integrated into larger network management systems
through the use of simple network management protocol, or SNMP.
Application software. Our ClearCut software provides
operators with high-quality digital storage of real-time
broadcasts for on-demand services, and our ProStream 8000
solution allows operators to present on-screen mosaics with
several channels tiled within a single video stream. Our Armada
and Streamliner products enable the intelligent management of an
operators
video-on-demand
assets and the distribution of these assets to subscribers. Our
CarbonCoder products, acquired in our recent purchase of Rhozet
Corporation, are software-based transcoding solutions that
facilitate the creation of multi-format video for internet,
mobile and broadcast applications.
Technical and
support services
We provide consulting, implementation and maintenance services
to our customers worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in
broadcast television, communications networking and compression
technology to design, integrate and install complete solutions
for our customers. We offer a broad range of services and
support including program management, budget analysis, technical
design and planning, parts inventory management, building and
site preparation, integration and equipment installation,
end-to-end
system testing, comprehensive training and ongoing maintenance.
Harmonic also has extensive experience in integrating our
products with numerous third-party products and services.
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of broadband communications
companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end user and integrator/distributor customers based
on net sales during 2007.
|
|
|
United States
|
|
International
|
|
Cablevision Systems
|
|
Alcatel-Lucent
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Astra Platform Services
|
Comcast
|
|
Media Cruise Solutions
|
Cox Communications
|
|
Nokia-Siemens Networks
|
DIRECTV
|
|
PCCW Limited
|
EchoStar
|
|
Simac Broadcast
|
Time Warner Cable
|
|
Telindus
|
|
|
Virgin Media
|
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Net sales to our ten largest customers in
2007, 2006 and 2005 accounted for approximately 53%, 50% and 54%
of net sales, respectively. In 2007, sales to Comcast and
EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12% of net sales, respectively.
Sales to Comcast accounted for 12% and 18% of net sales in 2006
and 2005, respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2007, 2006 and
2005 represented 44%, 49%, and 40% of net sales, respectively.
We expect international sales to continue to account for a
substantial portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future.
International sales are subject to a number of risks, including
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards, import and export license requirements, tariffs,
taxes and other trade barriers, fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable,
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations, managing
distributor relations and political and economic instability.
Also, additional international markets may not develop and we
may not receive future orders to supply our products in
international markets at rates equal to or greater than those
experienced in recent periods.
7
SALES AND
MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products principally through our
own direct sales force which is organized geographically and by
major customers and markets to support customer requirements. We
sell to international customers through our own direct sales
force as well as through independent distributors and
integrators. Our principal sales offices outside of the
U.S. are located in the United Kingdom, France, and China.
International distributors are generally responsible for
importing the products and providing certain installation,
technical support and other services to customers in their
territory. Our direct sales force and distributors are supported
by a highly trained technical staff, which includes application
engineers who work closely with operators to develop technical
proposals and design systems to optimize system performance and
economic benefits to operators. Technical support provides a
customized set of services, as required, for ongoing
maintenance,
support-on-demand
and training for our customers and distributors both in our
facilities and
on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and market segments, and, in conjunction with our sales force,
identifies the evolving technical and application needs of
customers so that our product development resources can be most
effectively and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of Harmonic and
our products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
MANUFACTURING AND
SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble full turnkey products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our increasing
reliance on subcontractors involves several risks, and we may
not be able to obtain an adequate supply of components,
subassemblies, modules and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In
late 2003, we entered into an agreement with Plexus Services
Corp. as our primary contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently
provides us with a substantial portion of the products we
purchase from our contract manufacturers. This agreement has
automatic annual renewals unless prior notice is given and has
been renewed until October 2008.
Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of final assembly
and testing of fiber optic systems. These processes are
performed by highly trained personnel employing technologically
advanced electronic equipment and proprietary test programs. The
manufacturing of our products and subassemblies is a complex
process and we cannot be sure that we will not experience
production problems or manufacturing delays in the future.
Because we utilize our own manufacturing facilities for the
final assembly and test of our fiber optic systems, and because
such manufacturing capabilities are not readily available from
third parties, any interruption in our manufacturing operations
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on a small private company for certain video
encoding chips which are incorporated into several new products.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain components have in the past been
in short supply and are available only from a small number of
suppliers, or from sole source suppliers. While we expend
considerable efforts to qualify additional component sources,
consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the small number
of viable alternatives have limited the results of these
efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with
any of our suppliers, although the agreement with Plexus was for
an initial term of three years and has been renewed until
October 2008. Managing our supplier relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. An inability to obtain adequate
deliveries or any other circumstance that would require us to
seek alternative sources of supply could affect our ability to
ship our products on a timely basis, which could damage
relationships with current and prospective customers and harm
our business. We attempt
8
to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of certain
components, subassemblies and modules. As a result of this
investment in inventories, we have in the past and in the future
may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete inventories, which
could harm our business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
We currently hold 39 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into such technology development or licensing agreements,
we cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and
could cause our business to suffer.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios.
From time to time, third parties, including certain of these
leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. There can be no assurance
that we will be able to defend against any claims that we are
infringing upon their intellectual property rights, or that the
terms of any license offered by any person asserting such rights
would be acceptable to us or our customers or that failure to
obtain a license or the costs associated with any license would
not cause our business, operating results, financial position or
cash flows to be materially adversely affected. Also, you should
read Risk Factors - We or our customers may face
intellectual property infringement claims from third
parties and Legal Proceedings for a
description of the claim against us by Stanford University and
Litton Systems.
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our products and solutions based upon
our backlog, open contracts, informal commitments from customers
and sales projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase
orders by customers for delivery within the next twelve months
as well as deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized
within the next twelve months. At December 31, 2007,
backlog, including deferred revenue, was $98.9 million,
compared to
9
$70.8 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in
backlog at December 31, 2007 from December 31, 2006
was due principally to the increase in the number of projects,
timing of the completion of contractual negotiations, timing of
the completion or acceptance of projects and installations that
are in process or substantially complete, and to an increase in
orders received where product shipment had not been made.
Anticipated orders from customers may fail to materialize and
delivery schedules may be deferred or canceled for a number of
reasons, including reductions in capital spending by cable,
satellite and other operators or changes in specific customer
requirements. In addition, due to weather-related seasonal
factors and annual capital spending budget cycles at many major
end users, our backlog at December 31, 2007, or any other
date, is not necessarily indicative of actual sales for any
succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for digital video systems and fiber optics systems
are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid
technological change and declining average selling prices. The
principal competitive factors in these markets include product
performance, reliability, price, breadth of product offerings,
network management capabilities, sales and distribution
capabilities, technical support and service, and relationships
with network operators. We believe that we compete favorably in
each of these categories. Harmonics competitors in digital
video solutions include vertically integrated system suppliers
such as Motorola, Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Thomson
Multimedia, and in certain product lines, a number of smaller
companies. In edge devices and fiber optic access products,
competitors include corporations such as Motorola, Cisco Systems
and Arris.
Recent consolidation in the industry has led to the acquisition
of smaller companies such as Scientific-Atlanta, Tandberg
Television and C-Cor by Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Arris,
respectively. Consequently, most of our principal competitors
are substantially larger and have greater financial, technical,
marketing and other resources than Harmonic. Many of these large
organizations are in a better position to withstand any
significant reduction in capital spending by customers in these
markets. They often have broader product lines and market focus,
and, therefore will not be as susceptible to downturns in a
particular market. In addition, many of our competitors have
been in operation longer than we have and have more
long-standing and established relationships with domestic and
foreign customers. We may not be able to compete successfully in
the future and competition may harm our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors may bundle their products
or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, which could adversely
affect our net sales and result in lower gross margins.
RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $42.9 million,
$39.5 million and $38.2 million, respectively.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems for both software and
hardware that are, or expected to be, needed by our customers.
Our current research and development efforts are focused on the
newer video compression standard, MPEG-4, and we also devote
significant resources to products for MPEG over Internet
Protocol, or IP, VOD and switched broadcast, stream processing
and stream management software. Other research and development
efforts are focused in broadband optical products that enable
the transmission of video over fiber optic networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and
10
sales and marketing. Because of the complexity inherent in such
research and development efforts, we cannot assure you that we
will successfully develop new products, or that new products
developed by us will achieve market acceptance. Our failure to
successfully develop and introduce new products could harm our
business and operating results.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2007, we employed a total of
658 people, including 240 in sales, service and marketing,
232 in research and development, 107 in manufacturing operations
and 79 in a general and administrative capacity. There were
463 employees in the U.S., and 195 employees in
foreign countries who are located in the Middle East, Europe and
Asia. We also employ a number of temporary employees and
consultants on a contract basis. In connection with the
acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007 our workforce increased by 18
with most of the employees being in research and development.
None of our employees is represented by a labor union with
respect to his or her employment by Harmonic. We have not
experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations
with our employees to be good. Our future success will depend,
in part, upon our ability to attract and retain qualified
personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the broadband
communications industry and in the geographic area where our
primary operations are located remains strong, and we cannot
assure you that we will be successful in retaining our key
employees or that we will be able to attract skilled personnel
in the future.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of Harmonic and their ages as of
March 1, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
43
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
60
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Matthew Aden
|
|
52
|
|
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Service
|
Nimrod Ben-Natan
|
|
40
|
|
Vice President, Solutions and Strategy
|
Charles J. Bonasera
|
|
50
|
|
Vice President, Operations
|
Neven Haltmayer
|
|
43
|
|
Vice President, Research and Development
|
Patrick J. Harshman joined Harmonic in 1993 and was
appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2006. In
December 2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President
responsible for the majority of our operational functions,
including the unified digital video and broadband optical
networking divisions as well as global marketing. Prior to the
consolidation of our product divisions, Dr. Harshman held
the position of President of the Convergent Systems division
and, prior to that, for more than four years, was President of
the Broadband Access Networks Division. Dr. Harshman has
also previously held key leadership positions in marketing,
international sales, and research and development.
Dr. Harshman earned a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from
the University of California, Berkeley and completed an
Executive Management Program at Stanford University.
Robin N. Dickson joined Harmonic in 1992 as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1989 to March 1992, Mr. Dickson was
Corporate Controller of Vitelic Corporation, a semiconductor
manufacturer. From 1976 to 1989, Mr. Dickson held various
positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company,
including regional financial officer of the Asia-Pacific
Division of the International Group. Mr. Dickson holds a
Bachelor of Laws from the University of Edinburgh and is a
member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Matthew Aden joined Harmonic in October 2007 as Vice
President, Worldwide Sales and Service. Mr. Aden was
previously Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Customer
Operations at Terayon Communications, a manufacturer of
broadband systems, from July 2005 to July 2007. Prior to
Terayon, Mr. Aden was at Motorola/General Instrument from
1984 until July 2005 and held a variety of positions in
executive sales management. Mr. Aden holds a
Bachelors degree in Business Administration from the
University of Nebraska.
11
Nimrod Ben-Natan joined Harmonic in 1997 and was
appointed Vice President of Product Marketing, Solutions and
Strategy in 2007. Mr. Ben-Natan initially joined us as a
software engineer to design and develop our first-generation
video transmission platform, and in 2000, transitioned to
product marketing, solutions and strategy to develop the digital
video cable segment. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ben-Natan was
employed at Orckit Communications Ltd., a digital subscriber
line developer. Previously, Mr Ben-Natan worked on wireless
communications systems while he was with the Israeli Defense
Signal Corps. Mr. Ben-Natan holds a B.A. in Computer
Science from Tel Aviv University.
Charles J. Bonasera joined Harmonic in November 2006 as
Vice President, Operations. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Bonasera
was Senior Director-Global Sourcing at Solectron Corporation, a
global provider of electronics manufacturing services and supply
chain solutions. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Bonasera held
various key positions in outsourcing strategies, commodity
management, supply management and supply chain development at
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Neven Haltmayer joined Harmonic in December 2002 and was
appointed Vice President, Research and Development in November
2005. Prior to November 2005, Mr. Haltmayer was Director of
Engineering of Compression Systems and managed the development
of Harmonics MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 encoder and
DiviCom Electra product lines. Between 2001 and 2002,
Mr. Haltmayer held various key positions including Vice
President of Engineering and was responsible for system
integration and development of set top box middleware and
interactive applications while at Canal Plus Technologies.
Mr. Haltmayer holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering
from the University of Zagreb, Croatia.
ABOUT
HARMONIC
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995. From our
acquisition of C-Cube Microsystems DiviCom business in
2000 until the end of 2005, Harmonic was organized as two
operating divisions, Convergent Systems, or CS, for digital
video systems, and Broadband Access Networks, or BAN, for fiber
optic systems. Each division had its own management team
directing its product development and marketing strategies and
its customer service requirements. Effective January 1,
2006, an organizational restructuring combined the
Companys CS division and BAN division into a single
segment with financial results reported as a single segment as
of the first quarter of 2006. A single sales force, organized
geographically, has historically supported the divisions with
appropriate product and market specialization as required, and
it continues to sell the entire range of products of the Company.
On December 8, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the
video networking software business of Entone Technologies, Inc.
The solutions offered by the Entone video networking software
business facilitate the provisioning of personalized video
services, including VOD, network personal video recording
(nPVR), time-shifted television and targeted advertisement
insertion.
On July 31, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet
Corporation. Rhozet develops and markets software-based
transcoding solutions that facilitate the creation of
multi-format video for internet, mobile and broadcast
applications. With Rhozets products, and sometimes in
conjunction with other Harmonic products, Harmonics
existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco customers can
deliver traditional video programming over the Internet and to
mobile devices, as well as expand the types of content delivered
via their traditional networks to encompass web-based and
user-generated content. The acquisition also opens up new
customer opportunities for Harmonic with Rhozets customer
base of broadcast content creators and online video service
providers and is complementary to Harmonics VOD networking
software business acquired in December 2006 from Entone
Technologies.
Our principal executive offices are located at 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. Our telephone number is
(408) 542-2500.
12
Available Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge on the Harmonic website
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after Harmonic files such material with,
or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
address of the Harmonic website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
We depend on
cable, satellite and telecom industry capital spending for a
substantial portion of our revenue and any decrease or delay in
capital spending in these industries would negatively impact our
operating results and financial condition or cash
flows.
A significant portion of our sales have been derived from sales
to cable television, satellite and telecommunications operators,
and we expect these sales to constitute a significant portion of
net sales for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products
will depend on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by
cable television operators, satellite operators,
telecommunications companies and broadcasters for constructing
and upgrading their systems.
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
−
|
access to financing;
|
|
−
|
annual budget cycles;
|
|
−
|
the impact of industry consolidation;
|
|
−
|
the status of federal, local and foreign government regulation
of telecommunications and television broadcasting;
|
|
−
|
overall demand for communication services and customer
acceptance of new video, voice and data services;
|
|
−
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures;
|
|
−
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
|
|
−
|
discretionary customer spending patterns; and
|
|
−
|
general economic conditions.
|
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
−
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards;
|
|
−
|
delays associated with the evaluation of new services, new
standards, and system architectures by many operators;
|
|
−
|
emphasis on generating revenue from existing customers by
operators instead of new construction or network upgrades;
|
|
−
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers;
|
13
|
|
−
|
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by
our customers and regulatory review thereof;
|
|
−
|
economic and financial conditions in domestic and international
markets; and
|
|
−
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
|
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans adversely
affected our business in recent years. An economic downturn or
recession, deteriorating conditions in credit markets,
tightening of credit, or other factors could also cause
additional financial difficulties among our customers, and
customers whose financial condition has stabilized may not
purchase new equipment at levels we have seen in the past.
Financial difficulties among our customers would adversely
affect our operating results and financial condition. In
addition, industry consolidation has, in the past and may in the
future, constrained capital spending among our customers. As a
result, we cannot assure you that we will maintain or increase
our net sales in the future. If our product portfolio and
product development plans do not position us well to capture an
increased portion of the capital spending of U.S. cable
operators, our revenue may decline and our operating results
would be adversely affected.
Our customer
base is concentrated and the loss of one or more of our key
customers, or a failure to diversify our customer base, could
harm our business.
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2007,
2006 and 2005 accounted for approximately 53%, 50% and 54% of
net sales, respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden
our customer base by penetrating new markets, such as the
telecommunications and broadcast markets, and to expand
internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration due in part to the
significant capital costs of constructing broadband networks.
For example, Comcast acquired AT&T Broadband in 2002,
thereby creating the largest U.S. cable operator, now
reaching approximately 24 million subscribers. The sale of
Adelphia Communications cable systems to Comcast and Time
Warner Cable has led to further industry consolidation. NTL and
Telewest, the two largest cable operators in the UK, completed
their merger in 2006. In the DBS market, The News Corporation
Ltd. acquired an indirect controlling interest in Hughes
Electronics, the parent company of DIRECTV, in 2003. News
Corporation announced its intention to sell its interest in
DIRECTV to Liberty Media in December 2006 and closed the
transaction in February 2008. In the telco market, AT&T
completed its acquisition of Bell South.
In 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12%
of net sales, respectively. Sales to Comcast accounted for 12%
and 18% of net sales in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The loss of
Comcast, EchoStar or any other significant customer or any
reduction in orders by Comcast, EchoStar or any significant
customer, or our failure to qualify our products with a
significant customer could adversely affect our business,
operating results and liquidity. In this regard, sales to
Comcast declined in 2006 compared to 2005, both in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of revenues. The loss of, or any
reduction in orders from, a significant customer would harm our
business if we were not able to offset any such loss or
reduction with increased orders from other customers.
In addition, historically we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to diversify our customer base beyond cable and satellite
customers, principally into the telco market. Major telcos have
begun to implement plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to
offer bundled video, voice and data services. While we have
recently increased our revenue from telco customers, we are
relatively new to this market. In order to be successful in this
market, we may need to build alliances with telco equipment
manufacturers, adapt our products for telco applications, take
orders at prices resulting in lower margins, and build internal
expertise to handle the particular contractual and technical
demands of the telco industry. In addition, telco video
deployments are subject to delays in completion, as video
processing technologies and video business models are new to
most telcos and many of their largest suppliers. Implementation
issues with our products or those of other vendors have caused,
and may continue to cause, delays in project completion for our
customers and delay the recognition of revenue by Harmonic. As a
result of these and other factors, we cannot assure you that we
will be able to increase our revenues
14
from the telco market, or that we can do so profitably, and any
failure to increase revenues and profits from telco customers
could adversely affect our business.
Our operating
results are likely to fluctuate significantly and may fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or
investors, causing our stock price to decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
−
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets;
|
|
−
|
changes in market demand;
|
|
−
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers;
|
|
−
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts which
may span several quarters;
|
|
−
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which
may include multiple deliverables;
|
|
−
|
the timing of completion of projects;
|
|
−
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors;
|
|
−
|
seasonality, with fewer construction and upgrade projects
typically occurring in winter months and otherwise being
affected by inclement weather;
|
|
−
|
our unpredictable sales cycles;
|
|
−
|
the amount and timing of sales to telcos, which are particularly
difficult to predict;
|
|
−
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
|
|
−
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments;
|
|
−
|
market acceptance of new or existing products;
|
|
−
|
the cost and availability of components, subassemblies and
modules;
|
|
−
|
the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
|
|
−
|
the mix of products sold and the effect it has on gross margins;
|
|
−
|
changes in our operating expenses and extraordinary expenses;
|
|
−
|
impairment of goodwill and intangibles;
|
|
−
|
the outcome of litigation;
|
15
|
|
−
|
write-downs of inventory;
|
|
−
|
the impact of SFAS 123(R), an accounting standard which
requires us to record the fair value of stock options as
compensation expense;
|
|
−
|
changes in our tax rate, including as a result of changes in our
valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets and our
expectation that we would experience a substantial increase in
our effective tax rate in periods following a potential release
of our valuation allowance;
|
|
−
|
the impact of FIN 48, a recently adopted accounting
interpretation which requires us to expense potential tax
penalties and interest;
|
|
−
|
our development of custom products and software;
|
|
−
|
the level of international sales; and
|
|
−
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable,
satellite and telco industries, and general economic conditions.
|
The timing of deployment of our equipment can be subject to a
number of other risks, including the availability of skilled
engineering and technical personnel, the availability of other
equipment such as compatible set top boxes, and our
customers need for local franchise and licensing approvals.
In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion of our
revenues in the last month of the quarter. We establish our
expenditure levels for product development and other operating
expenses based on projected sales levels, and expenses are
relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly, variations in
timing of sales can cause significant fluctuations in operating
results. As a result of all these factors, our operating results
in one or more future periods may fail to meet or exceed the
expectations of securities analysts or investors. In that event,
the trading price of our common stock would likely decline. In
this regard, due to a decrease in gross profit percentage in
2005, and lower than expected sales during the first and second
quarters of 2006, we failed to meet our internal expectations,
as well as the expectations of securities analysts and
investors, and the price of our common stock declined, in some
cases significantly.
Our future
growth depends on market acceptance of several emerging
broadband services, on the adoption of new broadband
technologies and on several other broadband industry
trends.
Future demand for our products will depend significantly on the
growing market acceptance of several emerging broadband
services, including digital video, VOD, HDTV, IPTV, mobile video
services, very high-speed data services and voice-over-IP, or
VoIP.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures and standards, such as:
|
|
−
|
new video compression standards such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 for
both standard definition and high definition services;
|
|
−
|
fiber to the premises, or FTTP, and digital subscriber line, or
DSL, networks designed to facilitate the delivery of video
services by telcos;
|
|
−
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP;
|
16
|
|
−
|
the adoption of switched digital video; and
|
|
−
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes and personal video recorders, or PVRs.
|
If adoption of these emerging services
and/or
technologies is not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or
if we are unable to develop new products based on these
technologies on a timely basis, our net sales growth will be
materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
−
|
convergence, or the desire of certain network operators to
deliver a package of video, voice and data services to
consumers, also known as the triple play service;
|
|
−
|
the entry of telcos into the video business;
|
|
−
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educators;
|
|
−
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and
abroad to encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies; and
|
|
−
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as competition between operators, access by third parties
to networks of other operators, local franchising requirements
for telcos to offer video, and new services such as VoIP.
|
We need to
develop and introduce new and enhanced products in a timely
manner to remain competitive.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products
that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and
reliability. However, we may not be able to successfully develop
or introduce these products if our products:
|
|
−
|
are not cost effective;
|
|
−
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner;
|
|
−
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures;
|
|
−
|
fail to achieve market acceptance; or
|
|
−
|
are ahead of the market.
|
We are currently developing and marketing products based on
multiple video compression standards. Encoding products based on
the MPEG-2 compression standards have represented a significant
portion of our sales since our acquisition of DiviCom in 2000.
New standards, such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 have been adopted which
provide significantly greater compression efficiency, thereby
making more bandwidth available to operators. The availability
of more bandwidth is particularly important to those DBS and
telco operators seeking to launch, or expand, HDTV services. We
have developed and launched products, including HD encoders,
based on these new standards in order to remain competitive and
are devoting considerable resources to this effort. There can be
no assurance that these efforts will be successful in the near
future, or at all, or that competitors will not take significant
market share in HD
17
encoding. At the same time, we need to devote development
resources to the existing MPEG-2 product line which our cable
customers continue to require.
Also, to successfully develop and market certain of our planned
products for digital applications, we may be required to enter
into technology development or licensing agreements with third
parties. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into
any necessary technology development or licensing agreements on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements when necessary
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and,
accordingly, could materially and adversely affect our business
and operating results.
Broadband
communications markets are characterized by rapid technological
change.
Broadband communications markets are relatively immature, making
it difficult to accurately predict the markets future
growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view of the
evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that cable
television operators, telcos or other suppliers of broadband
wireless and satellite services will decide to adopt alternative
architectures or technologies that are incompatible with our
current or future products. Also, decisions by customers to
adopt new technologies or products are often delayed by
extensive evaluation and qualification processes and can result
in delays in sales of current products. If we are unable to
design, develop, manufacture and sell products that incorporate
or are compatible with these new architectures or technologies,
our business will suffer.
The markets in
which we operate are intensely competitive.
The market for digital video systems is extremely competitive
and has been characterized by rapid technological change and
declining average selling prices. Pressure on average selling
prices is particularly severe during economic downturns as
equipment suppliers compete aggressively for customers
reduced capital spending. Our competitors for fiber optic
products include corporations such as Motorola, Cisco Systems
and C-COR, which was recently acquired by Arris. In our video
processing and edge and access products, we compete broadly with
products from vertically integrated system suppliers including
Motorola, Cisco Systems, Thomson Multimedia and Tandberg
Television, which was acquired by Ericsson in 2007, and, in
certain product lines, with a number of smaller companies.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
us. Many of these large organizations are in a better position
to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by
customers in these markets. They often have broader product
lines and market focus and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. These competitors may also be
able to bundle their products together to meet the needs of a
particular customer and may be capable of delivering more
complete solutions than we are able to provide. Further, some of
our competitors have greater financial resources than we do, and
they have offered and in the future may offer their products at
lower prices than we do, which has in the past and may in the
future cause us to lose sales or to reduce our prices in
response to competition. In addition, many of our competitors
have been in operation longer than we have and, therefore, have
more long-standing and established relationships with domestic
and foreign customers. We may not be able to compete
successfully in the future, which would harm our business.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. For example, new standards for video compression are
being introduced and products based on these standards are being
developed by us and some of our competitors. If our competitors
are successful in bringing these products to market earlier, or
if these products are more technologically capable than ours,
then our sales could be materially and adversely affected. In
addition, companies that have historically not had a large
presence in the broadband communications equipment market have
begun recently to expand their market share through mergers and
acquisitions. The continued consolidation of our competitors
could have a significant negative impact on us. Further, our
competitors, particularly competitors of our digital and video
broadcasting systems business, may bundle their products or
incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices resulting in lower gross
margins.
18
If sales
forecasted for a particular period are not realized in that
period due to the unpredictable sales cycles of our products,
our operating results for that period will be
harmed.
The sales cycles of many of our products, particularly our newer
products and products sold internationally, are typically
unpredictable and usually involve:
|
|
−
|
a significant technical evaluation;
|
|
−
|
a commitment of capital and other resources by cable, satellite,
and other network operators;
|
|
−
|
time required to engineer the deployment of new technologies or
new broadband services;
|
|
−
|
testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key
operations; and
|
|
−
|
test marketing of new services with subscribers.
|
For these and other reasons, our sales cycles generally last
three to nine months, but can last up to 12 months. If
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular
quarter do not occur in that quarter, our operating results for
that quarter could be substantially lower than anticipated. In
this regard, our sales cycles with our current and potential
satellite and telco customers are particularly unpredictable.
Orders may include multiple elements, the timing of delivery of
which may impact the timing of revenue recognition.
Additionally, our sales arrangements may include testing and
acceptance of new technologies and the timing of completion of
acceptance testing is difficult to predict and may impact the
timing of revenue recognition. Quarterly and annual results may
fluctuate significantly due to revenue recognition policies and
the timing of the receipt of orders. For example, delays in the
completion of certain projects underway with our international
telco customers in the second quarter of 2006 resulted in lower
revenue.
In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from solution sales that principally consist of and include the
system design, manufacture, test, installation and integration
of equipment to the specifications of our customers, including
equipment acquired from third parties to be integrated with our
products. Revenue forecasts for solution contracts are based on
the estimated timing of the system design, installation and
integration of projects. Because solution contracts generally
span several quarters and revenue recognition is based on
progress under the contract, the timing of revenue is difficult
to predict and could result in lower than expected revenue in
any particular quarter.
We must be
able to manage expenses and inventory risks associated with
meeting the demand of our customers.
If actual orders are materially lower than the indications we
receive from our customers, our ability to manage inventory and
expenses may be affected. If we enter into purchase commitments
to acquire materials, or expend resources to manufacture
products, and such products are not purchased by our customers,
our business and operating results could suffer. In this regard,
our gross margins and operating results have been in the past
adversely affected by significant charges for excess and
obsolete inventories.
In addition, we must carefully manage the introduction of next
generation products in order to balance potential inventory
risks associated with excess quantities of older product lines
and forecasts of customer demand for new products. For example,
in 2007 we wrote down approximately $7.6 million of net
obsolete and excess inventory, with a significant portion of the
write-down being due to product transitions. We also wrote down
$1.1 million in 2006 as a result of the end of life of a
product line. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
manage these product transitions in the future without incurring
write-downs for excess inventory or having inadequate supplies
of new products to meet customer expectations.
19
We may be
subject to risks associated with acquisitions.
As part of our business strategy, from time to time, we have
acquired, and continue to consider acquiring, businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines that we believe
complement or expand our existing business. For example, on
December 8, 2006, we acquired the video networking software
business of Entone Technologies, Inc. and, on July 31,
2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet, and we expect to
make additional acquisitions in the future.
We may face challenges as a result of these activities, because
acquisitions entail numerous risks, including:
|
|
−
|
difficulties in the assimilation of acquired operations,
technologies
and/or
products;
|
|
−
|
unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition transaction;
|
|
−
|
the diversion of managements attention from other business;
|
|
−
|
difficulties in integrating acquired companies systems
controls, policies and procedures to comply with the internal
control over financial reporting requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
|
|
−
|
adverse effects on existing business relationships with
suppliers and customers;
|
|
−
|
risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or
limited prior experience;
|
|
−
|
the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;
|
|
−
|
difficulties in the assimilation of different corporate cultures
and practices;
|
|
−
|
substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased
intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items;
|
|
−
|
substantial impairments to goodwill or intangible assets in the
event that an acquisition proves to be less valuable than the
price we paid for it; and
|
|
−
|
delays in realizing or failure to realize the benefits of an
acquisition.
|
For example, we closed all operations and product lines related
to Broadcast Technology Limited, which we acquired in 2005 and
we have recorded charges associated with that closure.
Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines has been, and may in the
future continue to be, intense. As such, even if we are able to
identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may
not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially
reasonable terms or because the target is acquired by another
company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify
and consummate any future acquisitions, we could:
|
|
−
|
issue equity securities which would dilute current
stockholders percentage ownership;
|
|
−
|
incur substantial debt;
|
|
−
|
assume contingent liabilities; or
|
|
−
|
expend significant cash.
|
20
These financing activities or expenditures could harm our
business, operating results and financial condition or the price
of our common stock. Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits
from acquisitions in the form of increased sales and earnings,
there may be a delay between the time when the expenses
associated with an acquisition are incurred and the time when we
recognize such benefits.
If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our
business, financial condition or operating results could be
harmed.
We face risks
associated with having important facilities and resources
located in Israel.
We maintain a facility in Caesarea in the State of Israel with a
total of 76 employees as of December 31, 2007, or
approximately 12% of our workforce. The employees at this
facility consist principally of research and development
personnel. In addition, we have pilot production capabilities at
this facility consisting of procurement of subassemblies and
modules from Israeli subcontractors and final assembly and test
operations. Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the
political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel.
Any recurrence of the recent conflict in Israel and Lebanon
could have a direct effect on our business or that of our
Israeli subcontractors, in the form of physical damage or
injury, reluctance to travel within or to Israel by our Israeli
and foreign employees, or the loss of employees to active
military duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently
obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense
Forces and several have been called for active military duty
recently. In the event that more employees are called to active
duty, certain of our research and development activities may be
adversely affected and significantly delayed. In addition, the
interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its
trading partners could significantly harm our business.
Terrorist attacks and hostilities within Israel, the hostilities
between Israel and Hezbollah, and the conflict between Hamas and
Fatah have also heightened these risks. We cannot assure you
that current or future tensions in the Middle East will not
adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We depend on
our international sales and are subject to the risks associated
with international operations, which may negatively affect our
operating results.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2007, 2006 and
2005 represented 44%, 49% and 40% of net sales, respectively,
and we expect that international sales will continue to
represent a meaningful portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our
contract manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international
operations, the international operations of our contract
manufacturers and our efforts to increase sales in international
markets are subject to a number of risks, including:
|
|
−
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards;
|
|
−
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other
trade barriers;
|
|
−
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
−
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
|
|
−
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards;
|
|
−
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
|
−
|
political and economic instability, including risks related to
terrorist activity; and
|
|
−
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments.
|
In recent years, certain of our international customers
accumulated significant levels of debt and undertook
reorganizations and financial restructurings, including
bankruptcy proceedings. Even where these restructurings
21
have been completed, in some cases these customers have not been
in a position to purchase new equipment at levels we have seen
in the past.
While our international sales and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that
country. A significant portion of our European business is
denominated in Euros, which may subject us to increased foreign
currency risk. Gains and losses on the conversion to
U.S. dollars of accounts receivable, accounts payable and
other monetary assets and liabilities arising from international
operations may contribute to fluctuations in operating results.
Furthermore, payment cycles for international customers are
typically longer than those for customers in the
U.S. Unpredictable sales cycles could cause us to fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of security analysts and
investors for any given period. In addition, foreign markets may
not further develop in the future.
Another significant legal risk resulting from our international
operations is compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act, or FCPA. In many foreign countries, particularly
in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom
that businesses operating in such countries engage in business
practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other
U.S. laws and regulations. Although we have implemented
policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the
FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our
employees, and agents, as well as those companies to which we
outsource certain of our business operations, will not take
actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even
if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
Any or all of these factors could adversely impact our business
and results of operations.
Changes in
telecommunications legislation and regulations could harm our
prospects and future sales.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the
U.S. and other countries could affect the sales of our
products. In particular, regulations dealing with access by
competitors to the networks of incumbent operators could slow or
stop additional construction or expansion by these operators.
Local franchising and licensing requirements may slow the entry
of telcos into the video business. Increased regulation of our
customers pricing or service offerings could limit their
investments and consequently the sales of our products. Changes
in regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, and financial condition.
Conditions and
changes in the national and global economic environments may
adversely affect our business and financial
results.
Adverse economic conditions in markets in which we operate may
harm our business. If economic growth in the United States and
in other countries slows, many customers may delay or reduce
their technology purchases. This could result in reductions in
sales of our products, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of
new technologies and increased price competition. If global
economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in the
United States or other key markets deteriorate, we may
experience a material and adverse impact on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Negative
conditions in the global credit markets may impair the liquidity
of a portion of our investment portfolio.
As of December 31, 2007, we held approximately
$34.2 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs, which
were invested in municipal government obligations and preferred
securities in closed-end mutual funds. The recent negative
conditions in the credit markets have prevented us and other
investors from liquidating holdings of ARSs because the amount
of securities submitted for sale has exceeded the amount of
purchase orders for such securities. For example, through
February 29, 2008, auctions for approximately
$31.2 million of ARSs held by us were not successful,
resulting in our continuing to hold these securities and issuers
paying interest at the required contractual rate. Based on
current
22
market conditions, it is likely that future auctions related to
these securities will be unsuccessful in the near term, which
will result in our continuing to hold these securities beyond
their next scheduled auction reset dates and limiting the
short-term liquidity of these investments. In the event we need
or desire to access these funds, we may not be able to do so
until a future auction on these investments is successful or a
buyer is found outside the auction process. If a buyer is found
but is unwilling to purchase the investments at par, we may
incur a loss. Further, rating downgrades of the security issuer
or the third parties insuring such investments may require us to
adjust the carrying value of these investments through an
impairment charge. Our inability to sell ARSs at par, or rating
downgrades of issuers of these securities, could adversely
affect our results of operations or financial condition.
In order to
manage our growth, we must be successful in addressing
management succession issues and attracting and retaining
qualified personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our senior management. For
example, in May 2006 we announced that our then Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony J. Ley, had
retired from his position as President and Chief Executive
Officer effective immediately, and that he was being succeeded
by our then Executive Vice President, Patrick J. Harshman. In
addition, in November 2006, we announced that our Senior Vice
President of Operations and Quality, Israel Levi, retired from
his position and was succeeded by Charles Bonasera as Vice
President of Operations. Further, in October 2007, we announced
the appointment of Matthew Aden as our new Vice President of
Worldwide Sales and Service. We cannot assure you that changes
of management personnel would not cause disruption to our
operations or customer relationships, or a decline in our
financial results.
In addition, we are dependent on our ability to retain and
motivate high caliber personnel, in addition to attracting new
personnel. Competition for qualified management, technical and
other personnel can be intense and we may not be successful in
attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors and others
have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our
employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of
inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or
non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss
of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to
attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in
hiring required personnel, particularly senior management and
engineers and other technical personnel, could negatively affect
our business.
Accounting
standards and stock exchange regulations related to equity
compensation could adversely affect our earnings, our ability to
raise capital and our ability to attract and retain key
personnel.
Since our inception, we have used stock options as a fundamental
component of our employee compensation packages. We believe that
our stock option plans are an essential tool to link the
long-term interests of stockholders and employees, especially
executive management, and serve to motivate management to make
decisions that will, in the long run, give the best returns to
stockholders. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued SFAS 123(R) that requires us to record a charge to
earnings for employee stock option grants and employee stock
purchase plan rights for all periods from January 1, 2006.
This standard has negatively impacted and will continue to
negatively impact our earnings and may affect our ability to
raise capital on acceptable terms. For 2007, stock-based
compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) was
$6.2 million, which consisted of stock-based compensation
expense related to employee and consultant equity awards and
employee stock purchases.
In addition, regulations implemented by the NASDAQ Stock Market
requiring stockholder approval for all stock option plans could
make it more difficult for us to grant options to employees in
the future. To the extent that new accounting standards make it
more difficult or expensive to grant options to employees, we
may incur increased compensation costs, change our equity
compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain
and motivate employees, each of which could materially and
adversely affect our business.
23
We are exposed
to additional costs and risks associated with complying with
increasing and new regulation of corporate governance and
disclosure standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management time and
external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and
standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC
regulations and the Nasdaq Stock Market rules. In particular,
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires
managements annual review and evaluation of our internal
control over financial reporting and attestation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
by the Companys independent registered public accounting
firm in connection with the filing of the annual report on
Form 10-K
for each fiscal year. We have documented and tested our internal
control systems and procedures and have made improvements in
order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process required us to hire additional
personnel and outside advisory services and has resulted in
significant additional expenses. While our managements
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
resulted in our conclusion that as of December 31, 2007,
our internal control over financial reporting was effective, we
cannot predict the outcome of our testing in future periods. If
we conclude in future periods that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an
unqualified opinion as of future year-ends, investors may lose
confidence in our financial statements, and the price of our
stock may suffer.
We may need
additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure
adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.
We have generated substantial operating losses since we began
operations in June 1988. We have been engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale of a variety of video products and system
solutions since inception, which has required, and will continue
to require, significant research and development expenditures.
As of December 31, 2007 we had an accumulated deficit of
$1.9 billion. These losses, among other things, have had
and may have an adverse effect on our stockholders equity
and working capital.
We believe that our existing liquidity sources, including the
net proceeds of our recent public offering of common stock, will
satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next twelve
months. However, we may need to raise additional funds if our
expectations are incorrect, to take advantage of unanticipated
strategic opportunities, to satisfy our other liabilities, or to
strengthen our financial position. Our ability to raise funds
may be adversely affected by a number of factors relating to us,
as well as factors beyond our control, including conditions in
capital markets and the cable, satellite and telco industries.
There can be no assurance that such financing will be available
on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses as well as to integrate
operations following a transaction, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate
collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise
additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. For example, debt financing
arrangements may require us to pledge assets or enter into
covenants that could restrict our operations or our ability to
incur further indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available,
we will not be able to continue developing our products.
24
If demand for
our products increases more quickly than we expect, we may be
unable to meet our customers requirements.
If demand for our products increases, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. For example, we had
insufficient quantities of certain products to meet customer
demand late in the second quarter of 2006 and, as a result, our
revenues were lower than internal and external expectations.
Forecasting to meet customers needs and effectively
managing our supply chain is particularly difficult in
connection with newer products. Our ability to meet customer
demand depends significantly on the availability of components
and other materials as well as the ability of our contract
manufacturers to scale their production. Furthermore, we
purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used
in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or
limited sources. Our ability to meet customer requirements
depends in part on our ability to obtain sufficient volumes of
these materials in a timely fashion. Also, in previous years, in
response to lower sales and the prolonged economic recession, we
significantly reduced our headcount and other expenses. As a
result, we may be unable to respond to customer demand that
increases more quickly than we expect. If we fail to meet
customers supply expectations, our net sales would be
adversely affected and we may lose business.
We purchase
several key components, subassemblies and modules used in the
manufacture or integration of our products from sole or limited
sources, and we are increasingly dependent on contract
manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on a small private company for certain video encoding
chips which are incorporated into several new products. Our
reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, and our increased reliance on subcontractors involves
several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an
adequate supply of required components, subassemblies or modules
and reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery of
components, subassemblies or modules. In particular, certain
optical components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. While we expend resources to qualify
additional component sources, consolidation of suppliers in the
industry and the small number of viable alternatives have
limited the results of these efforts. We do not generally
maintain long-term agreements with any of our suppliers.
Managing our supplier and contractor relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. Furthermore, from time to time we assess
our relationship with our contract manufacturers. In 2003, we
entered into a three-year agreement with Plexus Services Corp.
as our primary contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently
provides us with a substantial portion of the products that we
purchase from our contract manufacturers. This agreement has
automatic annual renewals unless prior notice is given, and has
been renewed until October 2008.
Difficulties in managing relationships with current contract
manufacturers, particularly Plexus, could impede our ability to
meet our customers requirements and adversely affect our
operating results. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or
any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative
sources of supply could negatively affect our ability to ship
our products on a timely basis, which could damage relationships
with current and prospective customers and harm our business. We
attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of
certain components, subassemblies and modules. As a result of
this investment in inventories, we have in the past and in the
future may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could harm our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows. In this regard, our gross
margins and operating results in the past were adversely
affected by significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
Cessation of
the development and production of video encoding chips by
C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business may adversely
impact us.
Our DiviCom business, which we acquired in 2000, and the C-Cube
semiconductor business (acquired by LSI Logic in June
2001) collaborated on the production and development of two
video encoding microelectronic chips prior to our acquisition of
the DiviCom business. In connection with the acquisition, we
have entered into a contractual relationship with the spun-off
semiconductor business of C-Cube, under which we have access to
certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies and
products on which the DiviCom business depends for certain
product
25
and service offerings. The current term of this agreement is
through October 2008, with automatic annual renewals unless
terminated by either party in accordance with the agreement
provisions. On July 27, 2007, LSI announced that it had
completed the sale of its consumer products business (which
includes the design and manufacture of encoding chips) to Magnum
Semiconductor, and the agreement providing us with access to
certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies and
products was assigned to Magnum Semiconductor. If the spun-off
semiconductor business is not able to or does not sustain its
development and production efforts in this area, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could
be harmed.
We need to
effectively manage our operations and the cyclical nature of our
business.
The cyclical nature of our business has placed, and is expected
to continue to place, a significant strain on our personnel,
management and other resources. We reduced our work force by
approximately 44% between December 31, 2000 and
December 31, 2003 due to reduced industry spending and
demand for our products. If demand for products increases
significantly, we may need to increase our headcount, as we did
during 2004, adding 33 employees. In the first quarter of
2005, we added 42 employees in connection with our
acquisition of BTL, and in connection with the consolidation of
our two operating divisions in December 2005, we reduced our
workforce by approximately 40 employees. Following the
closure of our BTL operations in the first quarter of 2007, we
reduced our headcount by 29 employees in the UK. Our
purchase of the video networking software business of Entone in
December 2006 resulted in the addition of 43 employees,
most of whom are based in Hong Kong, and we added approximately
18 employees on July 31, 2007, in connection with the
completion of our acquisition of Rhozet. Our ability to manage
our business effectively in the future, including any future
growth, will require us to train, motivate and manage our
employees successfully, to attract and integrate new employees
into our overall operations, to retain key employees and to
continue to improve our operational, financial and management
systems.
We are subject
to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose
substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Some of our operations use substances regulated under various
federal, state, local and international laws governing the
environment, including those governing the management, disposal
and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup
of contaminated sites. We could incur costs and fines,
third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could
be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation
costs, if we were to violate or become liable under
environmental laws. The ultimate costs under environmental laws
and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict.
We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we
adjust to new and future requirements relating to the presence
of certain substances in electronic products and making
producers of those products financially responsible for the
collection, treatment, recycling, and disposal of certain
products. For example, the European Parliament and the Council
of the European Union have enacted the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, effective August 13,
2005, which regulates the collection, recovery, and recycling of
waste from electrical and electronic products, and the
Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in
Electrical and Electronic Equipment (RoHS) directive, effective
July 1, 2006, which bans the use of certain hazardous
materials including lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium,
and polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs), and polybrominated diphenyl
ethers (PBDEs) that exceed certain specified levels. For some
products, substituting particular components containing
regulated hazardous substances is more difficult or costly and
redesign efforts could result in production delays. Selected
electronic products that we maintain in inventory may be
rendered obsolete if not in compliance with the new
environmental laws and we may have unfulfilled sales orders,
which could negatively impact our ability to generate revenue
from those products. Legislation similar to RoHS and WEEE has
been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the
U.S., Japan, and China. Our failure to comply with these laws
could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for
costs, fines or penalties and third-party claims, and could
jeopardize our ability to conduct business in such countries. We
also expect that our operations will be affected by other new
environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although
we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and
regulations, they will likely result in additional costs or
decreased revenue, and could require that we redesign or change
how we manufacture our products, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
26
We are liable
for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities, including liabilities
resulting from the spin-off of its semiconductor
business.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, we are
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities. As of
December 31, 2007, approximately $6.7 million of
pre-merger liabilities remained outstanding and are included in
accrued liabilities. We are working with LSI Logic, which
acquired C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business in June
2001 and assumed its obligations, to develop an approach to
settle these obligations, a process which has been underway
since the merger in 2000. These liabilities represent estimates
of C-Cubes pre-merger obligations to various authorities
in nine countries. We paid $1.1 million to satisfy a
portion of this liability in January 2008, but are unable to
predict when the remaining obligations will be paid. The full
amount of the estimated obligations has been classified as a
current liability. To the extent that these obligations are
finally settled for less than the amounts provided, we are
required, under the terms of the merger agreement, to refund the
difference to LSI Logic. Conversely, if the settlements are more
than the remaining $5.6 million pre-merger liability, LSI
Logic is obligated to reimburse us.
The merger agreement stipulates that we will be indemnified by
the spun-off semiconductor business if the cash reserves are not
sufficient to satisfy all of C-Cubes liabilities for
periods prior to the merger. If for any reason, the spun-off
semiconductor business does not have sufficient cash to pay such
taxes, or if there are additional taxes due with respect to the
non-semiconductor business and we cannot be indemnified by LSI
Logic, we generally will remain liable, and such liability could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
If our tax
positions are determined to have been incorrect, or if we are
required to release our income tax valuation allowances, our
results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our provision for income taxes is subject to volatility and can
be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including but not
limited to changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting
principles (including accounting for uncertain tax positions),
or interpretations of those changes. Significant judgment is
required to make determinations regarding income tax provisions
as set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board
Interpretation No. 48., Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxesan Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109, or FIN 48. FIN 48 prescribes a
comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition,
measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.
In addition, FIN 48 applies to all income tax positions,
including the potential recovery of previously paid taxes. If
any tax positions taken by us are settled unfavorably, this
could adversely impact our provision for income taxes or
goodwill, which could have a material and adverse impact on our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In addition, our income tax policy is to record the estimated
future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our
accompanying combined balance sheets, as well as net operating
losses and tax credit carryforwards. We follow the guidelines
set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, or
SFAS 109, regarding the recoverability of any deferred tax
assets recorded on the balance sheet and to provide any
necessary allowances as required. As such, determining necessary
allowances requires us to make assessments about the timing of
future events, including the probability of expected future
taxable income and available tax planning opportunities. As of
December 31, 2007, we had a $112.3 million valuation
allowance recorded as an offset against all of our U.S. net
deferred tax assets and certain foreign net deferred tax assets.
In accordance with SFAS 109, we have evaluated the need for
a valuation allowance based on historical evidence, trends in
profitability and expectations of future taxable income. We will
continue to monitor available positive and negative evidence in
future periods to determine if any or all of the valuation
allowance should be released. If we were to release the entire
$112.3 million valuation allowance it would result in a
credit to the tax expense of $105.6 million, a credit to
goodwill of $5.2 million and a credit to additional paid in
capital within stockholders equity of $1.5 million.
In periods following the release of our valuation allowance we
expect to experience a substantial increase in our effective tax
rate which would adversely affect our results of operations.
27
We rely on
value-added resellers and systems integrators for a substantial
portion of our sales, and disruptions to, or our failure to
develop and manage, our relationships with these customers and
the processes and procedures that support them could adversely
affect our business.
We generate a substantial portion of our sales through net sales
to value-added resellers, or VARs, and systems integrators. We
expect that these sales will continue to generate a substantial
percentage of our net sales in the future. Our future success is
highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful
relationships with a variety of VARs and systems integrators
that specialize in video delivery solutions, products and
services.
We have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments
with any of our VAR or system integrator customers, and our
contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from
purchasing or offering products or services that compete with
ours. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives
to our VAR and systems integrator customers to favor their
products or to prevent or reduce sales of our products. Our VAR
or systems integrator customers may choose not to purchase or
offer our products. Our failure to establish and maintain
successful relationships with VAR and systems integrator
customers would likely materially and adversely affect our
business, operating results and financial condition.
Our failure to
adequately protect our proprietary rights may adversely affect
us.
We currently hold 39 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements, we
cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary
or desirable, could limit our ability to develop and market new
products and could cause our business to suffer.
Our products
include third-party technology and intellectual property, and
our inability to use that technology in the future could harm
our business.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including
software programs, into our products, and intend to utilize
additional third-party technologies in the future. Licenses to
relevant third-party technologies or updates to those
28
technologies may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the
technologies that we license may not operate properly and we may
not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner, which
could harm our business. We could face delays in product
releases until alternative technology can be identified,
licensed or developed, and integrated into our products, if we
are able to do so at all. These delays, or a failure to secure
or develop adequate technology, could materially and adversely
affect our business.
We or our
customers may face intellectual property infringement claims
from third parties.
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number
of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties
have asserted and may assert patent, copyright, trademark and
other intellectual property rights against us or our customers.
Our suppliers and customers may have similar claims asserted
against them. A number of third parties, including companies
with greater financial and other resources than us, have
asserted patent rights to technologies that are important to us.
Any future litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result
in substantial expense and significant diversion of the efforts
of our management and technical personnel. An adverse
determination in any such proceeding could subject us to
significant liabilities, temporary or permanent injunctions or
require us to seek licenses from third parties or pay royalties
that may be substantial. Furthermore, necessary licenses may not
be available on satisfactory terms, or at all.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of our products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs have
appealed this motion. At this time, we are unable to determine
whether we will be able to settle this litigation on reasonable
terms or at all, nor can we predict the impact of an adverse
outcome of this litigation if we elect to defend against it. No
estimate can be made of the possible range of loss associated
with the resolution of this contingency and accordingly, we have
not recorded a liability associated with the outcome of a
negotiated settlement or an unfavorable verdict in litigation. A
settlement or an unfavorable outcome of this matter could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
Our suppliers and customers may receive similar claims. We have
agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers and customers for
alleged patent infringement. The scope of this indemnity varies,
but, in some instances, includes indemnification for damages and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees).
We are the
subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm
our business and operating results.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of our products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs have
appealed this motion.
In addition, we are involved in other litigation and may be
subject to claims arising in the normal course of business. An
unfavorable outcome of any of these litigation matters could
require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with
any intellectual property infringement claims, could require
that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from
selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to
settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant
costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome of these
litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
29
We have
reached a tentative agreement to settle outstanding securities
class action claims which is subject to certain contingencies,
including final execution of a definitive settlement agreement,
funding by our insurers, and court approval.
In 2000, several actions alleging violations of the federal
securities laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and
directors (some of whom are no longer with Harmonic) were filed
in or removed to the U.S. District Court (the District
Court) for the Northern District of California. The
actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between
January 19, 2000 and June 26, 2000. The complaint also
alleged claims on behalf of a purported subclass of persons who
purchased C-Cube securities between January 19, 2000 and
May 3, 2000. In addition to Harmonic and certain of its
officers and directors, the complaint also named
C-Cube
Microsystems Inc. and several of its officers and directors as
defendants. The complaint alleged that, by making false or
misleading statements regarding Harmonics prospects and
customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain defendants
violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The
complaint also alleged that certain defendants violated
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act, by filing a false or misleading registration
statement, prospectus and joint proxy in connection with the
C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions at the District Court
and at the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit,
a significant number of the claims alleged in the
plaintiffs amended complaint were dismissed, including all
claims against C-Cube and its officers and directors.
However, certain of the plaintiffs claims survived
dismissal. In January 2007, the District Court set a trial date
for August 2008, and also ordered the parties to participate in
mediation. A derivative action purporting to be on our behalf
was filed in the Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara
against certain current and former officers and directors on
May 15, 2003. It alleges facts similar to those alleged in
the securities class action and names us as a nominal defendant.
The action remains pending with no trial date set.
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, a tentative agreement was reached in March
2008 to resolve the securities class action lawsuit. If
finalized, the settlement would release Harmonic, its officers,
directors and insurance carriers from all claims brought in the
lawsuit by the plaintiffs against Harmonic or its officers and
directors, without any admission of fault on the part of
Harmonic or its officers and directors. This tentative agreement
remains subject to certain contingencies, including negotiation
and execution by the parties of a written settlement agreement,
funding by our insurance carriers, and approval by the District
Court.
Under the terms of the tentative agreement to settle the
securities class action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance
carriers will pay $15.0 million in consideration to the
plaintiffs in the securities class action. Of this amount,
Harmonic will pay $5.0 million, and Harmonics
insurance carriers in addition to having funded most litigation
costs to date, will contribute the remaining $10.0 million
on behalf of the individual defendants. The plaintiffs
lawyers will apply for an award of fees and costs in an
unspecified amount to be paid from the $15.0 million in
consideration and subject to the approval of the District Court.
In addition, Harmonic estimates that it will pay approximately
$1.4 million in related legal fees and expenses in
connection with proceedings in the securities class action and
derivative lawsuits. Harmonic expects to pay its share of the
settlement promptly following preliminary approval of the
settlement by the District Court. Harmonic expects that
preliminary approval will occur during the second or third
quarter of 2008.
There can be no assurance that the settlement will be finalized
and that a definitive settlement agreement will be executed by
the parties, either on the terms set forth above or at all.
Further, even if we execute a definitive settlement agreement,
we cannot be certain that the District Court will approve the
settlement or that all conditions necessary to effectuate the
settlement will occur. If a definitive settlement agreement is
not executed by the parties and approved by the District Court,
or if for any reason the settlement does not become final,
Harmonic and its officers and directors will be required to
continue to defend themselves in the securities class action
litigation, and must be prepared to go
30
to trial in August 2008 under the current schedule. An adverse
verdict in the trial could require that we pay substantial
damages. Any subsequent attempt to settle the litigation could
be on terms less favorable to Harmonic than those set forth in
the tentative agreement described above. In addition, as we are
continuing to defend the derivative action, we can offer no
assurance that we will be able to reach a favorable settlement
or judgment in that matter. A subsequent settlement of the
securities class action on terms that are different from those
outlined above, or an unfavorable outcome of the securities
class action or derivative litigation, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
We are subject
to import and export controls that could subject us to liability
or impair our ability to compete in international
markets.
Our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be
exported outside the U.S. only with the required level of
export license or through an export license exception, in most
cases because we incorporate encryption technology into our
products. In addition, various countries regulate the import of
certain technology and have enacted laws that could limit our
ability to distribute our products or could limit our
customers ability to implement our products in those
countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and
import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our
products in international markets, prevent our customers with
international operations from deploying our products throughout
their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or
import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any
change in export or import regulations or related legislation,
shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing
regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies
targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of
our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell
our products to, existing or potential customers internationally.
In addition, we may be subject to customs duties and export
quotas, which could have a significant impact on our revenue and
profitability. While we have not encountered significant
difficulties in connection with the sales of our products in
international markets, the future imposition of significant
increases in the level of customs duties or export quotas could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
The terrorist
attacks of 2001 and the ongoing threat of terrorism have created
great uncertainty and may continue to harm our
business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in the U.S. in 2001 and
subsequent terrorist attacks in other parts of the world have
created many economic and political uncertainties that have
severely impacted the global economy, and have adversely
affected our business. For example, following the 2001 terrorist
attacks in the U.S., we experienced a further decline in demand
for our products. The long-term effects of the attacks, the
situation in Iraq and the ongoing war on terrorism on our
business and on the global economy remain unknown. Moreover, the
potential for future terrorist attacks has created additional
uncertainty and makes it difficult to estimate the stability and
strength of the U.S. and other economies and the impact of
economic conditions on our business.
We rely on a
continuous power supply to conduct our operations, and any
electrical and natural gas crisis could disrupt our operations
and increase our expenses.
We rely on a continuous power supply for manufacturing and to
conduct our business operations. Interruptions in electrical
power supplies in California in the early part of 2001 could
recur in the future. In addition, the cost of electricity and
natural gas has risen significantly. Power outages could disrupt
our manufacturing and business operations and those of many of
our suppliers, and could cause us to fail to meet production
schedules and commitments to customers and other third parties.
Any disruption to our operations or those of our suppliers could
result in damage to our current and prospective business
relationships and could result in lost revenue and additional
expenses, thereby harming our business and operating results.
31
The markets in
which we, our customers and our suppliers operate are subject to
the risk of earthquakes and other natural
disasters.
Our headquarters and the majority of our operations are located
in California, which is prone to earthquakes, and some of the
other locations in which we, our customers and suppliers conduct
business are prone to natural disasters. In the event that any
of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we
may sustain damage to our operations and properties and suffer
significant financial losses. Furthermore, we rely on
third-party manufacturers for the production of many of our
products, and any disruption in the business or operations of
such manufacturers could adversely impact our business. In
addition, if there is a major earthquake or other natural
disaster in any of the locations in which our significant
customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may
incur losses, or sustained business interruption
and/or loss
which may materially impair their ability to continue their
purchase of products from us. A major earthquake or other
natural disaster in the markets in which we, our customers or
suppliers operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
Some
anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and stockholder rights plan, as well as
provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt.
We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more
difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by
our Board of Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
−
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
Harmonic common stock;
|
|
−
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to,
directors and officers;
|
|
−
|
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring
business before special meetings;
|
|
−
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;
|
|
−
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and
|
|
−
|
providing the Board of Directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control or management of us.
In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of us, and we
believe these rights will help our negotiations with any
potential acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors believes
that a particular acquisition is undesirable, the rights may
have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging that
acquisition. The rights would cause substantial dilution to a
person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms or in a
manner not approved by our Board of Directors, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for our stockholders to receive a
32
premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also
affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our
common stock.
Our common
stock price may be extremely volatile, and the value of your
investment may decline.
Our common stock price has been highly
volatile. We expect that this volatility will
continue in the future due to factors such as:
|
|
−
|
general market and economic conditions;
|
|
−
|
actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
|
|
−
|
announcements of technological innovations, new products or new
services by us or by our competitors or customers;
|
|
−
|
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock
market analysts regarding us or our competitors;
|
|
−
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
|
|
−
|
announcements by our customers regarding end market conditions
and the status of existing and future infrastructure network
deployments;
|
|
−
|
additions or departures of key personnel; and
|
|
−
|
future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of these
offerings.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general, and
the NASDAQ Stock Market and the securities of technology
companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
individual companies. These broad market fluctuations have in
the past and may in the future materially and adversely affect
our stock price, regardless of our operating results. Investors
may be unable to resell their shares of our common stock at or
above the purchase price.
Our stock
price may decline if additional shares are sold in the
market.
Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline. In addition, we may be
required to issue additional shares upon exercise of previously
granted options that are currently outstanding. Increased sales
of our common stock in the market after exercise of currently
outstanding options could exert significant downward pressure on
our stock price. These sales also might make it more difficult
for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future
at a time and price we deem appropriate.
If securities
analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about
our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our
stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the
availability of research and reports that third-party industry
or financial analysts publish about us. Further, if one or more
of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock
price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in
turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price
to decline.
33
Item 1B. Unresolved
Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.
Properties
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California.
We also have a research and development center in New York,
several sales offices in the U.S., sales and support centers in
the United Kingdom, France, and China, and research and
development centers in Israel and Hong Kong. Our leases, which
expire at various dates through January 2011, are for
approximately 407,000 square feet of space. We believe that
these facilities are adequate for our current needs, and that
suitable additional space will be available as needed to
accommodate the foreseeable expansion of our operations.
In the U.S., of the 350,000 square feet under lease,
approximately 178,000 square feet is in excess of our
requirements and we no longer occupy, do not intend to occupy,
and have subleased, or plan to sublease. The estimated loss on
subleases has been included in the excess facilities charges
recorded in 2001, 2002, 2006 and 2007. In the fourth quarter of
2005 we subleased a portion of an unoccupied building for the
remaining term of the lease which resulted in a
$1.1 million reduction to the excess facilities liability.
In the third quarter of 2006 we completed the facilities
rationalization plan of our Sunnyvale campus which resulted in
more efficient use of our leased space and we vacated several
buildings and recorded a net charge of $2.1 million for
excess facilities. In the third quarter of 2007 we extended a
sublease for the remaining term of a lease which resulted in a
$1.8 million reduction to the excess facilities liability.
In addition, in 2007 we recorded a restructuring charge of
$0.4 million on a reduction in estimated sublease income
for a Sunnyvale building, and a charge of $0.5 million from
the closure of the manufacturing and research and development
activities of Broadcast Technology Limited.
Item 3. Legal
Proceedings
SHAREHOLDER
LITIGATION
In 2000, several actions alleging violations of the federal
securities laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and
directors (some of whom are no longer with Harmonic) were filed
in or removed to the United States District Court (the
District Court) for the Northern District of
California. The actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between
January 19, 2000 and June 26, 2000. The complaint also
alleged claims on behalf of a purported subclass of persons who
purchased C-Cube securities between January 19, 2000 and
May 3, 2000. In addition to Harmonic and certain of its
officers and directors, the complaint also named
C-Cube
Microsystems Inc. and several of its officers and directors as
defendants. The complaint alleged that, by making false or
misleading statements regarding Harmonics prospects and
customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain defendants
violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The complaint also
alleged that certain defendants violated section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities
Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, by filing a false or
misleading registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy
in connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions at the District Court
and at the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit,
a significant number of the claims alleged in the
plaintiffs amended complaint were dismissed, including all
claims against C-Cube and its officers and directors. However,
certain of the plaintiffs claims survived dismissal. In January
2007, the District Court set a trial date for August 2008, and
also ordered the parties to participate in mediation.
A derivative action purporting to be on our behalf was filed in
the Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara against certain
current and former officers and directors on May 15, 2003.
It alleges facts similar to those alleged in the securities
class action and names us as a nominal defendant. The action
remains pending with no trial date set.
34
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, a tentative agreement was reached in March
2008 to resolve the securities class action lawsuit. If
finalized, the tentative agreement would release Harmonic, its
officers, directors and insurance carriers from all claims
brought in the lawsuit by the plaintiffs against Harmonic or its
officers and directors, without any admission of fault on the
part of Harmonic or its officers and directors. This tentative
agreement remains subject to certain contingencies, including
negotiation and execution by the parties of a written settlement
agreement, funding by our insurance carriers, and approval by
the District Court.
Under the terms of the tentative agreement to settle the
securities class action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance
carriers will pay $15.0 million in consideration to the
plaintiffs in the securities class action. Of this amount,
Harmonic will pay $5.0 million, and Harmonics
insurance carriers in addition to having funded most litigation
costs to date, will contribute the remaining $10.0 million
on behalf of the individual defendants. The plaintiffs
lawyers will apply for an award of fees and costs in an
unspecified amount to be paid from the $15.0 million in
consideration and subject to the approval of the District Court.
In addition, Harmonic estimates that it will pay approximately
$1.4 million in related legal fees and expenses in
connection with proceedings in the securities class action and
derivative lawsuits. Harmonic expects to pay its share of the
settlement promptly following preliminary approval of the
settlement by the District Court. Harmonic expects that
preliminary approval will occur during the second or third
quarter of 2008.
OTHER
LITIGATION
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs have
appealed this motion. An unfavorable outcome of any of these
litigation matters could require that Harmonic pay substantial
damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property
infringement claims, could require that we pay ongoing royalty
payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our
products. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome of these
litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the
fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2007.
35
PART II
Item 5. Market
for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stock Holder
Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Market information: Harmonics common stock is
traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol HLIT, and
has been listed on NASDAQ since Harmonics initial public
offering on May 22, 1995. The following table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price per
share of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global
Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
6.95
|
|
|
$
|
4.78
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
6.85
|
|
|
|
3.79
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
|
|
3.90
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
8.67
|
|
|
|
6.92
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
11.07
|
|
|
$
|
7.04
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
11.18
|
|
|
|
7.94
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
10.86
|
|
|
|
7.76
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
12.95
|
|
|
|
9.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holders of record: At February 29, 2008 there were
419 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common Stock.
|
|
|
|
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid any
dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects to
retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of
dividends.
|
|
|
|
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
is set forth in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption
Equity Plan Information and is incorporated herein
by reference.
|
|
|
|
Sales of unregistered securities: On July 31, 2007,
Harmonic completed the acquisition of Rhozet Corporation
pursuant to a merger transaction. In connection with the
acquisition, Harmonic paid an aggregate consideration of
approximately $15.5 million, which was comprised of
(i) approximately $2.5 million in cash and
1,105,656 shares of Harmonics common stock in
exchange for all the issued and outstanding capital stock of
Rhozet, and (ii) approximately $2.8 million of cash
which was paid in the first quarter of 2008, as provided in the
definitive agreement related to such acquisition, to the holders
of options to acquire Rhozets common stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the
merger. In connection with such sale of its common stock,
Harmonic relied upon the exemption from registration provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
|
|
(b)
|
Use of proceeds: Not applicable.
|
|
|
(c)
|
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated
purchasers: During the three months ended December 31,
2007, Harmonic did not, nor did any of its affiliated entities,
repurchase any of Harmonics equity securities.
|
36
PERFORMANCE
GRAPH
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of the
Companys common stock with the cumulative return of the
NASDAQ Telecom Index and of the Standard & Poors
(S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing December 31,
2002 and ending on December 31, 2007. The graph assumes
that $100 was invested in each of the Companys common
stock, the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ Telecom Index on
December 31, 2002, and assumes the reinvestment of
dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in the graph below are
based upon historical data. Harmonic cautions that the stock
price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of,
nor intended to forecast, the potential future performance of
the Companys common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/02
|
|
12/31/03
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
315.22
|
|
|
|
362.61
|
|
|
|
210.87
|
|
|
|
316.09
|
|
|
|
455.65
|
|
NASDAQ Telecom Index
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
188.21
|
|
|
|
199.04
|
|
|
|
192.18
|
|
|
|
244.38
|
|
|
|
253.12
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
128.68
|
|
|
|
142.69
|
|
|
|
149.70
|
|
|
|
173.34
|
|
|
|
182.87
|
|
37
Item 6. Selected
Financial Data
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
|
$
|
182,276
|
|
Gross profit(1)
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
|
|
104,495
|
|
|
|
60,603
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)(2)
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722)
|
|
|
|
(7,044)
|
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
(30,545)
|
|
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
(29,433)
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.47)
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.47)
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
$
|
100,607
|
|
|
$
|
112,597
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
283,276
|
|
|
|
97,398
|
|
|
|
117,353
|
|
|
|
117,112
|
|
|
|
95,389
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
226,297
|
|
|
|
242,356
|
|
|
|
224,726
|
|
Long term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
1,656
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
110,557
|
|
|
|
106,161
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
The 2007 income from operations and
net income included a charge of $6.4 million for the
expected settlement of the securities class action lawsuit, a
restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a reduction in
estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building and a charge
of $0.5 million from the closure of the manufacturing and
research and development activities of Broadcast Technology
Limited. This was partially offset by a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a building to the
lease expiration. The acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007
resulted in a charge of $0.7 million related to the
write-off of acquired in-process technology.
|
|
|
|
The 2006 gross profit, loss
from operations and net income included a charge of
$3.0 million for restructuring charges associated with a
management reduction and a campus consolidation. An impairment
expense of $1.0 million was recorded in 2006 due to the
writedown of the remaining balance of the BTL intangibles.
|
|
|
|
The 2005 gross profit, loss
from operations and net loss included a charge of
$8.4 million for the writedown of inventory resulting
primarily from the introduction of new products and the related
obsolescence of existing inventory. Operating expenses included
an expense of $1.1 million for severance costs from the
consolidation of the Companys two operating segments into
a single segment effective as of January 1, 2006, and a
benefit of $1.1 million from the reversal of previously
recorded excess facilities costs due to subleasing an excess
facility.
|
|
|
|
The 2004 gross profit, income
from operations and net income included credits of
$4.0 million for products sold during the year that had
been written down in prior years.
|
|
|
|
The 2003 gross profit, loss
from operations and net loss included credits of
$4.7 million for products sold during the year that had
been written down in prior years. Operating expenses included
credits of $2.2 million from the sale of our bankruptcy
claims in Adelphia Communications resulting in the reversal of
previously recorded bad debt provisions, and a litigation
settlement charge of $2.7 million related to Power and
Telephone Supply.
|
|
2.
|
|
Income (loss) from operations for
2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 included amortization and
impairment expenses of intangible assets of $5.3 million,
$2.2 million, $2.6 million, $13.9 million and
$13.9 million, respectively. In 2006 an impairment charge
of $1.0 million was recorded to write-off the remaining
balance of the intangibles from the BTL acquisition.
|
|
3.
|
|
On January 1, 2006, we adopted
FAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment, which required
the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including employee stock options and employee stock purchases
related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan based upon the
grant-date fair value of those awards.
|
|
4.
|
|
On January 1, 2007, we adopted
FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxesan Interpretation of
FASB Statement 109 (FIN 48).
The effect of adopting this pronouncement was an increase in the
Companys accumulated deficit of $2.1 million for
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits that
existed at January 1, 2007.
|
|
5.
|
|
On December 8, 2006, we
acquired Entone Technologies, Inc. for a purchase price of
$48.9 million. Entone markets a software solution which
facilitates the provisioning of personalized video services,
including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion. See Note 3
Acquisitions of the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
|
|
6.
|
|
On July 31, 2007, we acquired
Rhozet Corporation for a purchase price of $16.2 million.
Rhozet develops and markets software-based transcoding solutions
that facilitate the creation of multi-format video for internet,
mobile and broadcast solutions. See Note 3
Acquisitions of the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
|
38
Item 7. Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video products and system solutions that enable service
providers to efficiently deliver the next generation of
broadcast and on-demand services, including high-definition
television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to direct-to-home satellite operators. We also provide
our video processing solutions to telecommunications companies,
or telcos, broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video
services to their customers.
Harmonics net sales increased 26% in 2007 from 2006, and
decreased 4% in 2006 from 2005. The increase in sales in 2007
compared to 2006 was primarily due to stronger demand from our
domestic and international satellite operators and our domestic
cable operators, and sales of our recently introduced products.
The decrease in sales in 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily due
to lower FTTP product sales and sales of third party products in
2006. We believe that the improvement in the industry capital
spending environment has been, in part, a result of the intense
competition between cable and satellite operators to offer more
channels of digital video and new services, such as VOD and
HDTV, and in part the result of the entry of telephone companies
into the business of delivering video services to their
subscribers. We also believe that the improvement has been due
to more favorable conditions in industry capital markets and the
completion or resolution of certain major business combinations,
financial restructurings and regulatory issues.
Historically, a majority of our net sales have been to
relatively few customers, and due in part to the consolidation
of ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
systems, we expect this customer concentration to continue for
the foreseeable future. In 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 16% and 12% of net sales, respectively. Sales to
Comcast accounted for 12% and 18% of net sales in 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2007, 2006, and
2005 represented 44%, 49%, and 40% of net sales, respectively. A
significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. Sales denominated in foreign currencies
were approximately 7%, 11% and 7% of net sales in 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively. We expect international sales to continue to
account for a significant portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future.
In 2007, net sales increased by 26% compared to 2006, primarily
due to stronger demand from domestic and international satellite
operators and from domestic cable operators, and sales of our
recently introduced products. The improved gross margin
percentage was primarily due to higher gross margins from new
products and an increase in the proportion of net sales from
software, which has higher margins that our hardware products.
In addition, in 2007 we continued to reduce our sales of FTTP
products which have significantly lower gross margins than our
other products. Our operating results for 2007 also included a
charge of $6.4 million for the expected settlement of the
securities class action lawsuit and a net credit of
$0.3 million consisting of a $1.8 million credit from
a revised estimate of expected sublease income due to the
extension of a sublease of a building to the lease expiration
which was partially offset by a charge of $0.4 million from
a change in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of BTL.
In 2006, net sales decreased by 4% compared to 2005 which was
primarily due to lower FTTP sales and sales of third party
products. Harmonic reported net income of $1.0 million in
2006 which was primarily the result of higher gross margins. The
improved gross margin percentage was primarily due to higher
gross margins from new products and an increase in the
proportion of net sales from software and services. In addition,
we reduced our sales of FTTP and third party products which have
significantly lower gross margins than our other products. Cost
of sales and operating expenses include an expense for
stock-based compensation of $5.7 million related to the
adoption of SFAS 123(R).
39
Restructuring charges totaling $3.0 million were recorded
in 2006 as a result of a management reorganization and a
Sunnyvale campus consolidation.
Prior to 2006, Harmonic was organized into two operating
divisions, Broadband Access Networks, or BAN, for fiber optic
systems and Convergent Systems, or CS, for digital headend
systems. Effective January 1, 2006, an organizational
restructuring combined the Companys CS division and BAN
division into a single segment with financial results reported
as a single segment as of the first quarter of 2006.
Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly due
to delays in project completion, revenue recognition policies
and the timing of the receipt of orders. Harmonic often
recognizes a significant portion, or the majority, of its
revenues in the last month of the quarter. Harmonic establishes
its expenditure levels for product development and other
operating expenses based on projected sales levels, and expenses
are relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly, variations
in timing of sales can cause significant fluctuations in
operating results. In addition, because a significant portion of
Harmonics business is derived from orders placed by a
limited number of large customers, the timing of such orders,
delays in project completion and revenue recognition policies
can also cause significant fluctuations in our operating
results. Harmonics expenses for any given quarter are
typically based on expected sales and if sales are below
expectations, our operating results may be adversely impacted by
our inability to adjust spending to compensate for the shortfall.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, due to an organizational
restructuring that combined our product development, marketing
and manufacturing operations into a single segment, Harmonic
reduced its workforce by approximately 40 employees and
recorded severance charges of approximately $1.1 million.
The acquisition of Entone in the fourth quarter of 2006
increased our headcount by 43 employees, primarily in
research and development. The acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007
increased our headcount by 18 employees, primarily in
research and development.
In May 2006, our Board of Directors appointed Patrick J.
Harshman as President and Chief Executive Officer, replacing
Anthony Ley, who retired after 18 years. Mr. Ley
carries on as chairman of our Board of Directors and has a
consulting agreement with Harmonic through June 2008. Following
Dr. Harshmans appointment, we announced a
reorganization of our senior management, resulting in a charge
of approximately $1 million in severance costs in the
second quarter of 2006.
In 2001 and 2002 excess facilities charges totaling
$52.6 million were recorded due to Harmonics reduced
headcount, difficult business conditions and a weak local
commercial real estate market. The excess facilities charges
were for facilities that we no longer occupied, that we did not
intend to occupy and that we planned to sublease. In 2003, the
excess facilities liability was reduced by $3.3 million due
to a revision in the assumptions as to the unoccupied portion of
a building.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the excess facilities liability
was decreased by $1.1 million due to subleasing a portion
of the unoccupied portion of one building for the remainder of
the lease. Although we entered into new subleases for
approximately 60,000 square feet of space in 2004,
approximately 30,000 square feet of space in 2005 and
approximately 65,000 square feet of space in 2006, in the
event we are unable to achieve expected levels of sublease
rental income, we will need to revise our estimate of the
liability, which could materially impact our financial position,
liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
In the third quarter of 2006, we completed our facilities
rationalization plan resulting in more efficient use of our
Sunnyvale campus and vacated several buildings, some of which
were subsequently subleased. This resulted in a net charge for
excess facilities of $2.1 million in the third quarter of
2006.
In the third quarter of 2007, we recorded a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale
building to the lease expiration. In addition, in 2007 we
recorded a restructuring change of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building,
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited.
40
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Entone Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and Plan of Merger, or Entone Agreement dated August 21,
2006, for a total purchase consideration of $48.9 million.
The purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
$26.2 million, the issuance of 3,579,715 shares of
Harmonic common stock with a value of $20.1 million,
issuance of 175,342 options to purchase Harmonic common stock
with a value of $0.2 million and acquisition related costs
of $2.5 million. Under the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premises equipment, or CPE,
business into a separate private company prior to the closing of
the merger. As part of the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Harmonic purchased a convertible note with a face amount of
$2.5 million in the new spun off private company in July
2007.
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and
Plan of Merger, or Rhozet Agreement, dated July 25, 2007.
Under the Rhozet Agreement, Harmonic paid or will pay an
aggregate of approximately $15.5 million in total merger
consideration, comprised of approximately $2.5 million in
cash, 1,105,656 shares of Harmonics common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Rhozet, and approximately $2.8 million of cash which was
paid in the first quarter of 2008, as provided in the Rhozet
Agreement, to the holders of outstanding options to acquire
Rhozet common stock. In addition, in connection with the
acquisition, Harmonic incurred approximately $0.7 million
in transaction costs. Pursuant to the Rhozet Agreement,
approximately $2.3 million of the total merger
consideration, consisting of cash and shares of Harmonic common
stock, are being held back by Harmonic for at least
18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders pursuant to the terms of the Rhozet Agreement.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we sold and issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering at a
price of $12.00 per share. our net proceeds from the offering
were approximately $141.8 million, which was net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$7.4 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other costs totaling approximately $0.7 million. The net
proceeds from the offering are expected to be used for general
corporate purposes, including payment of existing liabilities,
research and development, the development or acquisition of new
products or technologies, equipment acquisitions, strategic
acquisitions of businesses, general working capital and
operating expenses. The offering was made pursuant to our
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
(File
No. 333-123823)
filed with the SEC on April 4, 2005, and declared effective
by the SEC on April 22, 2005 and the related prospectus
supplement filed with the SEC on October 31, 2007.
Critical Accounting
Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
−
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
−
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts;
|
|
−
|
Valuation of inventories;
|
|
−
|
Impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets;
|
|
−
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities;
|
|
−
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation;
|
41
|
|
−
|
Accounting for income taxes; and
|
|
−
|
Stock-Based Compensation.
|
Revenue Recognition
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been provided,
the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred
to the customer.
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectibility based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental to a product. When we conclude that
software is more-than-incidental to a product, we account for
the product as a software product. Revenue on software products
and software-related elements are recognized in accordance with
Statement of Position (SOP)
97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition. Significant judgment
may be required in determining whether a product is a software
or hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition
(SAB 104). Subject to other revenue recognition
provisions, revenue on product sales is recognized when risk of
loss and title has transferred, which is generally upon shipment
or delivery, based on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on
shipments to distributors, resellers and systems integrators is
generally recognized on delivery or sell-in. Allowances are
provided for estimated returns and discounts. Such allowances
are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and anticipated
experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We have had extensive experience monitoring
product returns from our distributors and accordingly, we have
concluded that the amount of future returns and allowances can
be reasonably estimated in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 48,
Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists, and
SAB 104. With respect to these sales, we evaluate the terms
of sale and recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been
provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable,
collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
No. 00-21,
Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables (EITF 00-21). If the
undelivered elements qualify as separate units of accounting
based on the criteria in
EITF 00-21,
which include that the delivered elements have value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in
EITF 00-21
to be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is
deferred until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We
establish fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, where
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the
42
determination as to whether appropriate objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists can impact the timing of revenue
recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on
EITF 03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position
97-2 to
Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental Software. In accordance with the
provisions of
EITF 03-5,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective
evidence, or VSOE, of fair value exists for all undelivered
elements, Harmonic accounts for the delivered elements in
accordance with the Residual Method prescribed by
SOP No. 98-9.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue until all elements have been delivered. Fair value of
software-related elements is based on separate sales to other
customers or upon renewal rates quoted in contracts when the
quoted renewal rates are deemed to be substantive.
We also enter into solution sales for the design, manufacture,
test, integration and installation of products to the
specifications of Harmonics customers, including equipment
acquired from third parties to be integrated with
Harmonics products. These arrangements typically include
the configuration of system interfaces between Harmonic product
and customer/third party equipment, and optimization of the
overall solution to operate with the unique features of the
customers design and to meet customer-specific performance
requirements. Revenue on these arrangements is generally
recognized using the percentage of completion method in
accordance with
SOP 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction/Production
Contracts. We measure performance under the percentage of
completion method using the efforts-expended method based on
labor hours expended in proportion to total estimated hours,
based on current estimates of labor hours to complete the
project. Management believes that for each such project, labor
hours expended in proportion to total estimated hours at
completion represents the most reliable and meaningful measure
for determining a projects progress toward completion. If
the estimated costs to complete a project exceed the total
contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss
is recognized. Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of
revenue recognized, net of deferred costs of sales. Our
application of percentage-of-completion accounting is subject to
our estimates of labor hours to complete each project. In the
event that actual results differ from these estimates or we
adjust these estimates in future periods, our operating results,
financial position or cash flows for a particular period could
be adversely affected.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are recognized as incurred. Fair value
of services such as consulting and training is based upon
separate sales of these services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts, Returns and Discounts
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position or cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2007, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$8.2 million.
43
Valuation of
Inventories
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
write down the cost of excess or obsolete inventory to net
realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical
demand. If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in
demand for our products, or if there were a higher incidence of
inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology
and customer requirements, we could be required to record
additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and our
gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory management
is of critical importance in order to balance the need to
maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive lead
times against the risk of inventory obsolescence because of
rapidly changing technology and customer requirements.
Impairment of
Goodwill or Long-lived Assets
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill on an
annual basis and of intangibles and other long-lived assets
whenever we become aware of an event or change in circumstances
that would indicate potential impairment. We evaluate the
recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets
on the basis of undiscounted cash flows from each asset group.
If impairment is indicated, provisions for impairment are
determined based on fair value, principally using discounted
cash flows. Changes in industry and market conditions or the
strategic realignment of our resources could result in an
impairment of identified intangibles, goodwill or long-lived
assets. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests
will not result in a charge to earnings. Our review of
intangibles in 2006 determined that the remaining balance of
$1.0 million of the intangibles acquired as a result of the
BTL acquisition in February 2005 had been impaired based on the
discontinuance of the decoder product line obtained in the
acquisition. At December 31, 2007, our carrying values for
goodwill and intangible assets totaled $45.8 million and
$17.8 million, respectively.
Restructuring Costs
and Accruals for Excess Facilities
To determine our excess facility accruals we estimate expected
sublease rental income on each excess facility. In the event we
are unable to achieve expected levels of sublease rental income,
we will need to revise our estimate of the liability which could
materially impact our operating results, financial position or
cash flows. At December 31, 2007, our accrual for excess
facilities totaled $16.0 million.
Assessment of the
Probability of the Outcome of Current Litigation
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on a tentative agreement
to resolve its outstanding securities class action lawsuit,
Harmonic believes that a probable and estimable liability has
been incurred, and, accordingly, has recorded a provision of
$6.4 million in its statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2007. In other pending litigation,
Harmonic believes that it either has meritorious defenses with
respect to those actions and claims or is unable to predict the
impact of an adverse action and, accordingly, no loss
contingencies have been accrued. There can be no assurance,
however, that we will prevail. An unfavorable outcome of these
legal proceedings or failure to settle the securities litigation
on the terms proposed could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial position, operating results or cash
flows.
Accounting for
Income Taxes
In preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
This involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet. Based on our judgment that the
likelihood that our deferred tax assets in the United States and
certain foreign jurisdictions will be recovered from future
taxable income is not more likely than not, we have maintained a
full valuation allowance at December 31, 2007 in such
jurisdictions.
44
Our income tax policy is to record the estimated future tax
effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and amounts reported in our accompanying
combined balance sheets, as well as operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards. We follow the guidelines set forth in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes, or SFAS 109,
regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the
balance sheet and provide any necessary allowances as required.
Determining necessary allowances requires us to make assessments
about the timing of future events, including the probability of
expected future taxable income and available tax planning
opportunities. As of December 31, 2007, we had an
approximate $112.3 million valuation allowance recorded as
an offset against certain of our net deferred tax assets. In
accordance with SFAS 109, we have evaluated our need for a
valuation allowance based on historical evidence, trends in
profitability and expectations of future taxable income. The
Company will continue to monitor available positive and negative
evidence in future periods to determine if any or all of the
remaining valuation allowance should be released. If we were to
release the entire $112.3 million valuation allowance it
would result in a credit to tax expense of $105.6 million,
a credit to goodwill of $5.2 million and a credit to
additional paid in capital within stockholders equity of
$1.5 million. In periods following the release of our
valuation allowance our expectation is that the Company will
experience a substantial increase in our effective tax rate.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by
various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 as of the
beginning of 2007. Prior to adoption, our policy was to
establish reserves that reflected the probable outcome of known
tax contingencies. The effects of final resolution, if any, were
recognized as changes to the effective income tax rate in the
period of resolution. FIN 48 requires application of a
more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and
derecognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition
threshold is met, FIN 48 permits us to recognize a tax
benefit measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that, in
our judgment, is more than 50 percent likely to be realized
upon settlement. It further requires that a change in judgment
related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax
positions be recognized in earnings in the quarter of such
change.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, we believe that our reserves for income taxes
reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves and
penalties as well as the related interest, in light of changing
facts and circumstances. Settlement of any particular position
could require the use of cash.
Stock-based
Compensation
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R),
Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123(R))
which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and
directors, including employee stock options and employee stock
purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(ESPP) based upon the grant-date fair value of those
awards. SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Companys previous
accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
25) and related interpretations, and provided the required
pro forma disclosures prescribed by SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
(SFAS 123) as amended. In addition, we have
applied the provisions of SAB 107, issued by the Securities
and Exchange Commission, in our adoption of SFAS 123(R).
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. The
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect the
impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified
prospective transition method, the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under
SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006 was $6.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively,
which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee equity awards and employee stock purchases. There was
no stock-based compensation expense related to employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases recognized during the year
ended December 31, 2005.
45
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS 123.
Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation
expense had been recognized in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations because the exercise price of the
Companys stock options granted to employees and directors
equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock at the
date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based
on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the
pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense
for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the
Company changed its method of attributing the value of
stock-based compensation costs to expense from the accelerated
multiple-option method to the straight-line single-option
method. Compensation expense for all share-based payment awards
granted on or prior to December 31, 2005 will continue to
be recognized using the accelerated approach while compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards related to stock
options and employee stock purchase rights granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 are recognized using the straight-line
method.
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is based on
awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for
estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to
be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. Prior to fiscal year 2006, we accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred for the purposes of pro forma
information under SFAS 123, as disclosed in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the related periods.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 123(R)-3, Transition Election Related to
Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based payment Awards,
(FSP 123(R)-3). We elected to adopt the
alternative transition method provided in the FSP 123(R)-3
for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation
pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method
provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance
of the additional
paid-in-capital
pool (APIC Pool) related to the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the
subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements
of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based
compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of
SFAS 123(R). The adoption of FSP 123(R)-3 did not have
an impact on our overall consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Consistent with prior years, we use the with and
without approach as described in EITF Topic
No. D-32
in determining the order in which our tax attributes are
utilized. The with and without approach results in
the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits only
after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in
the annual tax accrual computation. Also consistent with prior
years, we consider the indirect effects of the windfall
deduction on the computation of other tax attributes, such as
the R&D credit and the domestic production activities
deduction, as an additional component of equity. This
incremental tax effect is recorded to additional
paid-in-capital
when realized.
46
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007,
2006, and 2005 as a percentage of net sales, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
7%
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
(2)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Sales
Net
Sales Consolidated
Harmonics consolidated net sales as compared with the
prior year, for each of the three years ended December 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005, are presented in the table below. Also
presented is the related dollar and percentage change in
consolidated net sales as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
Product Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
134,744
|
|
|
$
|
96,855
|
|
|
$
|
125,416
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
125,270
|
|
|
|
109,529
|
|
|
|
96,645
|
|
Software, Support and Other
|
|
|
51,190
|
|
|
|
41,300
|
|
|
|
35,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
37,889
|
|
|
$
|
(28,561)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access increase
|
|
|
15,741
|
|
|
|
12,884
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other increase
|
|
|
9,890
|
|
|
|
5,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
63,520
|
|
|
$
|
(9,694)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing percent change
|
|
|
39.1%
|
|
|
|
(22.8)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access percent change
|
|
|
14.4%
|
|
|
|
13.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other percent change
|
|
|
23.9%
|
|
|
|
16.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
|
(3.8)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
Net sales increased in 2007 compared to 2006 principally due to
stronger demand from domestic and international satellite
operators and domestic cable operators, and sales of our
recently introduced products. In the video processing product
line, the sales increase in 2007 compared to the same period in
the prior year was primarily due to higher spending across all
types of customers except telco. The increase in the edge and
access product lines was principally attributable to an increase
of approximately $27.4 million in sales of VOD and video
transmission products for deployments for domestic and
international cable operators, offset by a decrease of
$11.6 million in sales of lower margin FTTP products.
Software and other revenue increased in 2007 compared to 2006
primarily due to sales of recently introduced software products,
including products acquired from the acquisitions of Entone and
Rhozet. Service and support revenue, consisting of maintenance
agreements, system integration and customer repairs, increased
in 2007 compared to 2006 principally due to an increased
customer base.
Net sales decreased in 2006 compared to 2005 principally due to
the decrease in the sale of FTTP products and third party
products to our end customers, delays in the completion of
certain projects for international telco customers and decreased
spending by domestic cable customers for major digital headend
projects. In the video processing product line, sales of encoder
and stream processing products decreased by approximately
$12.1 million in 2006 compared to 2005 due to lower
spending for major digital headend projects by domestic cable
companies. In addition, sales of third party products to end
customers decreased by approximately $15.7 million in 2006
compared to 2005. The decrease in our net sales in 2006 from
2005 were partially offset by increases in sales from our edge
and access products line. Sales of VOD products increased as
telcos and cable operators continued to introduce and expand
video and other services, primarily in the U.S. and
European markets. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in FTTP sales to a major domestic telco customer.
Net
Sales Geographic
Harmonics domestic and international net sales as compared
with the prior year, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in domestic and international net sales as compared with
the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
Geographic Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
|
$
|
153,264
|
|
International
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
104,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
48,837
|
|
|
$
|
(26,844)
|
|
|
|
|
|
International increase
|
|
|
14,683
|
|
|
|
17,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
63,520
|
|
|
$
|
(9,694)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. percent change
|
|
|
38.6%
|
|
|
|
(17.5)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
International percent change
|
|
|
12.1%
|
|
|
|
16.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
|
(3.8)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2007 compared to 2006
primarily due to stronger demand from our domestic satellite and
cable operators, partially offset by lower sales of FTTP
products to a domestic telco customer. International sales in
2007 increased compared to the corresponding periods in 2006
primarily due to stronger demand from satellite and cable
customers for network expansion, primarily in South America,
Asia and Europe, partially offset by lower sales in Canada. We
expect that international sales will continue to account for a
significant portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future.
48
Net sales in the U.S. decreased significantly in 2006
compared to 2005 primarily due to lower sales of third party
products, lower spending for major digital headend projects by
domestic cable companies and lower FTTP sales to a major
domestic telco customer. International sales in the 2006
increased significantly compared to 2005 primarily due to sales
to telcos in the European market. The increased international
sales in 2006 as compared to 2005, was also due to increased
international capital spending by customers, primarily in
Europe, Canada and Asia.
Gross
Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in gross profit as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
134,075
|
|
|
$
|
101,446
|
|
|
$
|
93,948
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
43.1%
|
|
|
|
41.0%
|
|
|
|
36.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
32,629
|
|
|
$
|
7,498
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
32.2%
|
|
|
|
8.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in gross profit in 2007 compared to 2006 was
primarily due to increased sales, partially offset by an
increased expense from the net writedown of excess and obsolete
inventory of $6.4 million and an increase in expense of
$3.0 million from amortization of intangibles. The gross
margin percentage of 43.1% in 2007 compared to 41.0% in 2006 was
higher primarily due to higher gross margins on recently
introduced products and higher margin software sales, partially
offset by increased expense from the writedown of excess and
obsolete inventory and amortization of intangibles. In 2007,
$4.7 million of expense related to intangibles was included
in cost of sales compared to $1.7 million in 2006. We
expect to record a total of approximately $5.4 million in
amortization of intangibles in cost of sales in 2008 related to
acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet.
The increase in gross profit in 2006 compared to 2005 was
primarily due to an increase in gross margin, which was
partially offset by higher amortization and impairment of
intangibles and stock-based compensation expense. The gross
margin percentage in 2006 compared to 2005 was higher primarily
due to increased gross margins on video processing products from
the introduction of new products and a higher proportion of
software and service revenue, which carry higher gross margins
than the average gross margins for our products, and lower sales
of third party products to our end customers in 2006 compared to
2005, sales of which products have significantly lower gross
margins than the average gross margin on sales of our products.
In 2006, $1.7 million of expense related to intangibles was
included in cost of sales compared to $1.3 million in 2005.
As a result of the impairment of the intangibles associated with
the BTL acquisition in 2005, an expense of $0.8 million was
recorded in 2006. Stock-based compensation expense recorded to
cost of sales was approximately $1.0 million in 2006 with
no expense in 2005 due to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
49
Research and
Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in research and development expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
42,902
|
|
|
$
|
39,455
|
|
|
$
|
38,168
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
13.8%
|
|
|
|
15.9%
|
|
|
|
14.8%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
3,447
|
|
|
$
|
1,287
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
8.7%
|
|
|
|
3.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2007
compared to 2006 was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $4.3 million, depreciation expense
of $0.5 million and stock-based compensation expense of
$0.4 million, which was partially offset by lower facility
and overhead expenses of $0.9 million, lower consulting
expenses of $0.6 million and lower prototype materials
expenses of $0.5 million associated with the development of
new products. The increased compensation costs in 2007 were
primarily related to the increased headcount associated with the
acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet in December 2006 and July
2007, respectively, and higher incentive compensation expenses.
The increase in research and development expense in 2006
compared to 2005 was primarily the result of stock-based
compensation expense of $1.6 million and increased use of
outside consulting services associated with the development of
new products of $1.5 million, which was partially offset by
lower compensation expense of $0.9 million from reductions
in headcount and lower prototype materials expense of
$0.5 million.
Selling,
General and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense and
the expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage change in selling, general and
administrative expense as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
70,690
|
|
|
$
|
65,243
|
|
|
$
|
61,475
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
22.7%
|
|
|
|
26.3%
|
|
|
|
23.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
5,447
|
|
|
$
|
3,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
8.3%
|
|
|
|
6.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to a tentative
litigation settlement and related expenses of $6.4 million,
higher compensation expenses of $1.6 million and higher
legal, accounting and tax expenses of $1.0 million,
partially offset by a decrease in excess facilities expenses of
$2.5 million, lower facility and overhead expenses of
$0.4 million, lower depreciation expenses of
$0.3 million and lower evaluation material expenses of
$0.3 million. The higher compensation expense was primarily
related to increased incentive compensation, and the higher
legal, accounting and tax expenses were primarily due to
personnel and acquisition related activities. The decrease in
the excess facilities expenses was primarily due to a net credit
of $1.4 million from a revised estimate of sublease income
due to the extension of a sublease of a building, which was
partially offset by a charge of $0.5 million from the
closure of the BTL facility.
50
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2006 compared to 2005 was primarily due to stock-based
compensation expense of $3.1 million due to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R) in 2006, the net excess facilities charge of
$2.1 million related to the campus consolidation and higher
compensation expenses of $0.3 million, which were partially
offset by lower facilities overhead expenses of
$1.7 million, lower outside services expenses of
$0.8 million and lower corporate governance costs of
$0.5 million. The net excess facilities expense of
$2.1 million in 2006 was the result of the campus
consolidation, compared to the benefit of $1.1 million in
2005 from the subleasing of an existing excess facility.
Amortization
and Write-off of Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense charged to
operating expenses, and the amortization of intangibles expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in amortization of intangibles expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
1,349
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
(879)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
11.7%
|
|
|
|
(65.2)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2007
compared to 2006 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet during the
fourth quarter of 2006 and July 2007, respectively. Harmonic
expects to record a total of approximately $0.8 million in
amortization of intangibles in operating expenses in 2008
related to the intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions
of Entone and Rhozet.
The decrease in amortization of intangibles expense in 2006
compared to 2005 was due to the completion of amortization of
certain items acquired in connection with the BTL transaction
during 2006, and the completion of amortization of the DiviCom
intangible assets during the first quarter of 2005, which was
partially offset by the expense of approximately
$0.2 million for the impairment of the remaining BTL
intangibles.
Interest Income,
Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in interest income, net as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
$
|
4,616
|
|
|
$
|
2,665
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
1,501
|
|
|
$
|
1,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
32.5%
|
|
|
|
73.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in interest income, net in 2007 compared to 2006
was primarily due to a higher investment portfolio balance
during the year and higher interest rates on the cash and
short-term investments portfolio. We completed an offering of
our common stock in November 2007, which resulted in net
proceeds of approximately $141.8 million.
51
The increase in interest income, net in 2006 compared to 2005
was primarily due to higher interest rates on the cash and
short-term investments portfolio and lower interest expense due
to a lower debt balance in 2006 as compared to 2005.
Other Income
(Expense), Net
Harmonics other income (expense), net, and other income
(expense), net, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and
2005 are presented in the table below. Also presented is the
related dollar and percentage change in other income (expense),
net, as compared with the prior year, for each of the two years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
|
$
|
(915)
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
0.3%
|
|
|
|
(0.4)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease)
|
|
$
|
(576)
|
|
|
$
|
1,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(79.8)%
|
|
|
|
178.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in other income, net in 2007 compared to 2006 was
primarily due to lower gains on foreign exchange, resulting from
a continuing decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar
compared to the Euro and Pound Sterling in 2007.
The increase in other income, net in 2006 compared to other
expense, net in 2005 was primarily due to the increase in gains
on foreign exchange, resulting from a decrease in the value of
the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro and Pound Sterling in
2006.
Income
Taxes
Harmonics provision for income taxes, and provision for
income taxes as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage change in provision for income taxes as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.7%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
1,491
|
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
244.8%
|
|
|
|
39.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provisions for income taxes in 2007 and 2006 are principally
due to federal alternative minimum tax and foreign income taxes.
The provision for income taxes in 2005 was principally due to
foreign income taxes. The valuation allowance was
$130.7 million in 2005, decreased to $120.0 million in
2006 and decreased to $112.3 million in 2007. The valuation
allowance is for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets
in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions that we
have accumulated because of our historical operating losses,
because realization of any future benefit from deductible
temporary differences, net operating losses and tax credit carry
forwards was not more likely than not at December 31, 2007
and December 31, 2006. The federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to
the ownership change provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 382. Our deferred tax liabilities related to
purchase accounting for the Entone acquisition.
52
Segments
Through December 31, 2005, Harmonics management used
income from segment operations as its measure of segment
profitability. Income from segment operations excludes
intangible amortization expense, corporate expenses, including
excess facilities charges, and interest and other income, net.
Effective January 1, 2006, Harmonic implemented a new
organizational structure, and we have operated as a single
operating segment and reported our financial results as a single
segment since that time. See Note 14 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
percentages)
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
35,360
|
|
|
$
|
8,634
|
|
|
$
|
16,054
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(92,606)
|
|
|
$
|
(16,953)
|
|
|
$
|
(10,321)
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
152,875
|
|
|
$
|
3,884
|
|
|
$
|
5,319
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $269.3 million, compared to
$92.4 million as of December 31, 2006. Cash provided
by operations was $35.4 million in 2007, resulting from net
income of $23.4 million, adjusted for $19.0 million in
non-cash charges and a $7.0 million net change in assets
and liabilities. The non-cash charges included depreciation,
amortization, write-off of acquired in-process technology and
stock-based compensation expense. The net change in assets and
liabilities included a decrease in accounts payable primarily
from the payment for inventory purchases, a decrease in accrued
excess facilities costs, an increase in prepaid expenses
primarily from the increase in deferred cost for projects, which
was partially offset by a decrease in inventories and an
increase in deferred revenue and an increase in accrued
liabilities primarily from the provision for the tentative
litigation settlement.
To the extent that non-cash items increase or decrease our
future operating results, there will be no corresponding impact
on our cash flows. After excluding the effects of these non-cash
charges, the primary changes in cash flows relating to operating
activities resulted from changes in working capital. Our primary
source of operating cash flows is the collection of accounts
receivable from our customers. Our operating cash flows are also
impacted by the timing of payments to our vendors for accounts
payable and other liabilities. We generally pay our vendors and
service providers in accordance with the invoice terms and
conditions. In addition, we usually pay our annual incentive
compensation to employees in the first quarter.
Net cash used in investing activities was $92.6 million in
2007, resulting primarily from the net purchase of investments
of $79.8 million, the payment of $5.9 million of
capital expenditure primarily for test equipment, payment of
$2.5 million in merger costs related to the Entone
Technologies, Inc. acquisition in December 2006, the purchase of
a convertible note from Entone, Inc. for $2.5 million, and
a payment of $2.0 million to Rhozet shareholders. In
accordance with the terms of the Rhozet acquisition, Harmonic
paid $2.8 million to the Rhozet option holders in the first
quarter of 2008. Harmonic currently expects capital expenditures
to be in the range of $6 million to $8 million during
2008.
Net cash provided by financing activities was
$152.9 million in 2007, resulting primarily from the net
proceeds of $141.8 million received from the issuance of
12.5 million shares of common stock, proceeds of
$8.3 million from the exercise of stock options and the
sale of our common stock under our ESPP, less the repayment of
$0.5 million of the remaining outstanding balance under our
term loan facility.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities.
Approximately $6.7 million of pre-merger liabilities
remained outstanding at December 31, 2007 and are included
in accrued liabilities. These liabilities represent estimates of
C-Cubes pre-merger obligations to various tax
53
authorities in eight countries. We are working with LSI Logic,
which acquired C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business
from us in June 2001 and assumed its obligations, to settle
these obligations, a process which has been underway since the
merger in 2000. We paid $1.1 million to satisfy a portion
of this liability in January 2008, but are unable to predict
when the remaining obligations will be paid, or in what amount.
The full amount of the estimated obligation has been classified
as a current liability. To the extent that these obligations are
finally settled for less than the amounts provided, Harmonic is
required, under the terms of the merger agreement, to refund the
difference to LSI Logic. Conversely, if the settlements are more
than the remaining $5.6 million pre-merger liability
balance after the January 2008 payments, LSI is obligated to
reimburse Harmonic.
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 5, 2009. In March 2007, Harmonic paid
in full the outstanding balance of its secured term loan for
equipment and canceled its term loan facility as part of the
renewal process for the bank line of credit. As of
December 31, 2007, other than standby letters of credit and
guarantees, there were no amounts outstanding under the line of
credit facility and there were no borrowings in 2006 or 2007.
This facility, which was amended and restated in March 2008,
contains a financial covenant with the requirement for Harmonic
to maintain cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,
net of credit extensions, of not less than $40.0 million.
If Harmonic is unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments balance or satisfy the affirmative
covenant requirement, Harmonic would be in noncompliance with
the facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be
entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility which
include declaring all obligations immediately due and payable if
obligations were not repaid. At December 31, 2007, Harmonic
was in compliance with the covenants under this line of credit
facility. The March 2008 amendment requires payment of
approximately $20,000 of additional fees if the Company does not
maintain an unrestricted deposit of $30.0 million with the
bank for 10 consecutive days. Future borrowings pursuant to the
line bear interest at the banks prime rate (7.25% at
December 31, 2007) or prime plus 0.5% for equipment
borrowings. Borrowings are payable monthly and are not
collateralized.
Harmonics cash and investment balances at
December 31, 2007 were $269.3 million. As of
December 31, 2007, Harmonic held approximately
$34.2 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs. As of
February 29, 2008, we have $31.2 million invested in
ARSs which are invested in municipal government obligations and
preferred securities in closed-end mutual funds, and all have a
credit rating of AA+ or better. Through February 29, 2008,
auctions for approximately $31.2 million of these
securities were not successful, resulting in our continuing to
hold these securities and issuers paying interest at a maximum
contractual rate. Based on current market conditions, it is
likely that future auctions related to these securities will be
unsuccessful in the near term. Unsuccessful auctions will result
in our holding these securities beyond their next scheduled
auction reset dates and limiting the short-term liquidity of
these investments. While these failures in the auction process
have affected our ability to access these funds in the near
term, we do not believe that the underlying securities or
collateral have been affected. If the credit rating of the
security issuers deteriorates or does not meet our investment
criteria, we may be required to adjust the carrying value of
these investments through an impairment charge or dispose of
these securities, possibly at a loss. Excluding ARSs, at
February 29, 2008, we had approximately $236 million
in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We
currently believe that our existing liquidity sources, including
our bank line of credit facility, will satisfy our requirements
for at least the next twelve months, including the final
settlement and payment of C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities
and our expectation that we will pay $6.4 million to settle
the outstanding securities litigation. However, we may need to
raise additional funds if our expectations or estimates change
or prove inaccurate, or to take advantage of unanticipated
opportunities or to strengthen our financial position.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital or could require us
to issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including increased market uncertainty surrounding the
ongoing U.S. war on terrorism, as well as conditions in
capital markets and the cable and satellite industries. There
can be no assurance that any financing will be available on
terms acceptable to us, if at all.
54
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
None as of December 31, 2007.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2007, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
1 year or
|
|
2 3
|
|
4 5
|
|
Over 5
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
less
|
|
years
|
|
years
|
|
years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases(1)
|
|
$
|
38,357
|
|
|
$
|
13,844
|
|
|
$
|
24,471
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Inventory Purchase Commitment
|
|
|
24,857
|
|
|
|
24,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Cube Pre-Merger Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
6,657
|
|
|
|
6,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rhozet outstanding purchase consideration
|
|
|
5,092
|
|
|
|
2,769
|
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class action lawsuit settlement
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts
|
|
|
8,476
|
|
|
|
8,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
89,839
|
|
|
$
|
63,003
|
|
|
$
|
26,794
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration
Per Period
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
1 year or
|
|
2 3
|
|
4 5
|
|
Over 5
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
less
|
|
years
|
|
years
|
|
years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$
|
278
|
|
|
$
|
278
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indemnifications(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
278
|
|
|
$
|
278
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Operating lease
commitments include $19.7 million of accrued excess
facilities costs.
|
|
2.
|
Harmonic indemnifies some of its
suppliers and customers for specified intellectual property
rights pursuant to certain parameters and restrictions. The
scope of these indemnities varies, but in some instances,
includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees). There have been no claims for
indemnification and, accordingly, no amounts have been accrued
in respect of the indemnification provisions at
December 31, 2007.
|
Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash
flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2007, we are unable to make reasonably
reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the
respective taxing authority. Therefore, $8.9 million of
unrecognized tax benefits classified as Income tax payable
long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet
as of December 31, 2007, have been excluded from the
contractual obligations table above. See Note 13
Income Taxes to our consolidated financial
statements for a discussion on income taxes.
55
New Accounting
Pronouncements
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). This statement clarifies the
definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not determined
the effect, if any, the adoption of this statement in the first
quarter of 2008 will have on our consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
LiabilitiesIncluding an amendment of FASB Statement
115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 expands the
use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing
standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at
fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair
value to measure accounts and loans receivable,
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity
method investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued
debt. Other eligible items include firm commitments for
financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at
inception and non-cash warranty obligations where a warrantor is
permitted to pay a third party to provide the warranty goods or
services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs
and fees related to the item must be recognized in earnings and
cannot be deferred, e.g., debt issue costs. The fair value
election is irrevocable and generally made on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis, even if a company has similar instruments that it elects
not to measure based on fair value. At the adoption date,
unrealized gains and losses on existing items for which fair
value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment
to beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of
SFAS 159, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by Harmonic
in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Harmonic currently is
determining whether fair value accounting is appropriate for any
of its eligible items and cannot estimate the impact, if any,
which SFAS 159 will have on its consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In June 2007, the FASB also ratified Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) Issue
07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development
Activities
(EITF 07-3).
EITF 07-3
requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or
services that will be used or rendered for future research and
development activities be deferred and capitalized and
recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the
related services are performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the
effect that the adoption of
EITF 07-3
will have on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
Harmonic adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxesan
Interpretation of FASB Statement 109
(FIN 48) on January 1, 2007. FIN 48
clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in
income tax law. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for
the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation
and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to
be taken in income tax returns. See Note 13 Income
Taxes for additional information, including the effects of
adoption on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2007, the FASB also ratified EITF Issue
07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development
Activities
(EITF 07-3).
EITF 07-3
requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or
services that will be used or rendered for future research and
development activities be deferred and capitalized and
recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the
related services are performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the
effect that the adoption of
EITF 07-3
in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 will have on our
consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007),
Business Combinations
(SFAS 141(R)). SFAS 141(R) establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest
in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also
establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of
the nature and financial effects of the business combination.
SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and
56
will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We
are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the
adoption of SFAS 141(R) on our consolidated results of
operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statementsan amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin 51 (SFAS 160).
SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable
to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a
parents ownership interest, and the valuation of retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 160 on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Item 7A. Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates and
foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the
U.S. Dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
EXCHANGE RISK
Harmonic has a number of international subsidiaries each of
whose sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. In
addition, Harmonic has various international branch offices that
provide sales support and systems integration services. Sales
denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 7% of net
sales in 2007 and 11% of net sales in 2006. Periodically,
Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts
(forward contracts) to manage exposure related to
accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies. Harmonic
does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. At December 31, 2007, we had a forward exchange
contract to sell Euros totaling $8.5 million that matures
within the first quarter of 2008. While Harmonic does not
anticipate that near-term changes in exchange rates will have a
material impact on Harmonics operating results, financial
position and liquidity, Harmonic cannot assure you that a sudden
and significant change in the value of local currencies would
not harm Harmonics operating results, financial position
and liquidity.
INTEREST RATE
RISK
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relate
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments. These investments are classified as
available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with
material unrealized gains and losses reported in other
comprehensive income. There is risk that losses could be
incurred if Harmonic were to sell any of its securities prior to
stated maturity. As of December 31, 2007, our cash, cash
equivalents and investments balance was $269.3 million.
Based on our estimates, a 100 basis points, or 1%, change
in interest rates would have increased or decreased the fair
value of our investments by approximately $0.7 million.
AUCTION RATE
SECURITIES
Harmonics cash and investment balances at
December 31, 2007 were $269.3 million. As of
December 31, 2007, Harmonic held approximately
$34.2 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs. As of
February 29, 2008, we have $31.2 million invested in
ARSs which are invested in municipal government obligations and
preferred securities in closed-end mutual funds, and all have a
credit rating of AA+ or better. Through February 29, 2008,
auctions for approximately $31.2 million of these
securities were not successful, resulting in our continuing to
hold these securities
57
and issuers paying interest at a maximum contractual rate. Based
on current market conditions, it is likely that future auctions
related to these securities will be unsuccessful in the near
term. Unsuccessful auctions will result in our holding these
securities beyond their next scheduled auction reset dates and
limiting the short-term liquidity of these investments. While
these failures in the auction process have affected our ability
to access these funds in the near term, we do not believe that
the underlying securities or collateral have been affected. If
the credit rating of the security issuers deteriorates or does
not meet our investment criteria, we may be required to adjust
the carrying value of these investments through an impairment
charge or dispose of these securities, possibly at a loss.
Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
Rule 15d-15(f)of
the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting
is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that:
|
|
1.
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
|
|
2.
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our management and
directors; and
|
|
3.
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
|
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of Harmonics
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007. In making this assessment, our
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment using those criteria, we concluded that as of
December 31, 2007, Harmonics internal control over
financial reporting was effective.
(a) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
58
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
|
|
|
2.
|
Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table sets
forth for the period indicated selected quarterly financial data
for the Company.
|
Quarterly Data
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
4th
|
|
3rd
|
|
2nd
|
|
1st
|
|
4th
|
|
3rd
|
|
2nd
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
87,390
|
|
|
$
|
82,295
|
|
|
$
|
71,282
|
|
|
$
|
70,236
|
|
|
$
|
75,338
|
|
|
$
|
62,856
|
|
|
$
|
53,270
|
|
|
$
|
56,221
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
40,715
|
|
|
|
35,643
|
|
|
|
30,565
|
|
|
|
27,152
|
|
|
|
30,164
|
|
|
|
29,797
|
|
|
|
21,606
|
|
|
|
19,880
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
8,871
|
|
|
|
5,078
|
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
3,351
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
(4,001)
|
|
|
|
(5,872)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
6,639
|
|
|
|
9,417
|
|
|
|
6,249
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
5,041
|
|
|
|
4,016
|
|
|
|
(2,903)
|
|
|
|
(5,147)
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.07)
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.07)
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The selling, general and
administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2007 included a provision of approximately $6.4 million for
an estimated litigation settlement expense.
|
|
2.
|
The Company recorded a charge of
$2.1 million in the third quarter of 2006 due to the
completion of our Sunnyvale facilities rationalization plan and
recorded a credit of $1.8 million in the third quarter of
2007 as a result of a revised estimate of expected sublease
income.
|
|
3.
|
The Company recorded a charge of
approximately $1 million in the second quarter of 2006 from
the reorganization of our senior management.
|
59
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of
Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and
the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows listed in the index appearing under
Item 8 (a) present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 8. Our responsibility is to
express opinions on these financial statements and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Notes 1 and 12 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2006, the
Company changed the manner in which it accounts for stock-based
compensation.
As discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company changed
its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 17, 2008
60
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value
amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
140,255
|
|
|
|
58,917
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
69,302
|
|
|
|
64,674
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
34,251
|
|
|
|
42,116
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
3,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
17,489
|
|
|
|
12,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
393,808
|
|
|
|
211,968
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
14,082
|
|
|
|
14,816
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
17,844
|
|
|
|
16,634
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
4,252
|
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
475,779
|
|
|
$
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
460
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
20,500
|
|
|
|
33,863
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
7,098
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
37,865
|
|
|
|
29,052
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
51,686
|
|
|
|
44,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
110,532
|
|
|
|
114,570
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs, long-term
|
|
|
9,907
|
|
|
|
16,434
|
|
Income taxes payable, long-term
|
|
|
8,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes, long-term
|
|
|
3,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
8,565
|
|
|
|
5,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
141,366
|
|
|
|
136,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17, 18 and 19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares
authorized; 93,772 and 78,386 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,246,875
|
|
|
|
2,078,863
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,912,386)
|
|
|
|
(1,933,708)
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(170)
|
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
475,779
|
|
|
$
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
61
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
177,129
|
|
|
|
146,238
|
|
|
|
163,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
42,902
|
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
|
38,168
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
70,690
|
|
|
|
65,243
|
|
|
|
61,475
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
114,817
|
|
|
|
105,168
|
|
|
|
100,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722)
|
|
|
|
(7,044)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
6,117
|
|
|
|
4,616
|
|
|
|
2,665
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
(915)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
25,521
|
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
(5,294)
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
62
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of Par
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
72,286
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
$
|
2,039,738
|
|
|
$
|
(1,928,984)
|
|
|
$
|
(269)
|
|
|
$
|
110,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,929)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of BTL
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
73,636
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
2,048,090
|
|
|
|
(1,934,715)
|
|
|
|
(467)
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Entone
|
|
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
20,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
78,386
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
2,078,863
|
|
|
|
(1,933,708)
|
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment due to adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
11,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Rhozet
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock in public offering, net
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
141,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
93,772
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
2,246,875
|
|
|
$
|
(1,912,386)
|
|
|
$
|
(170)
|
|
|
$
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
63
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and impairment of intangibles
|
|
|
5,338
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
2,603
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
|
|
7,383
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
5,722
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Impairment and loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(366)
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(4,191)
|
|
|
|
(20,550)
|
|
|
|
21,804
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,865
|
|
|
|
(3,224)
|
|
|
|
4,581
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(6,354)
|
|
|
|
(4,316)
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(13,129)
|
|
|
|
13,396
|
|
|
|
(3,347)
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
10,205
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
5,234
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
(624)
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs
|
|
|
(6,684)
|
|
|
|
(877)
|
|
|
|
(5,846)
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
|
|
(671)
|
|
|
|
(12,261)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
35,360
|
|
|
|
8,634
|
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(178,123)
|
|
|
|
(70,398)
|
|
|
|
(63,328)
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
98,300
|
|
|
|
84,820
|
|
|
|
64,334
|
|
Acquisition of property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,868)
|
|
|
|
(5,143)
|
|
|
|
(5,666)
|
|
Acquisition of Rhozet, net of cash received
|
|
|
(1,950)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of Entone, Inc. convertible note
|
|
|
(2,500)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Entone Technologies, Inc., net of cash received
|
|
|
(2,465)
|
|
|
|
(26,232)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of BTL, net of cash received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,661)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(92,606)
|
|
|
|
(16,953)
|
|
|
|
(10,321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
|
|
|
153,337
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
6,478
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments under bank line and term loan
|
|
|
(460)
|
|
|
|
(812)
|
|
|
|
(1,067)
|
|
Repayments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(72)
|
|
|
|
(82)
|
|
|
|
(92)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
152,875
|
|
|
|
3,884
|
|
|
|
5,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(78)
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
95,551
|
|
|
|
(4,364)
|
|
|
|
11,215
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
33,454
|
|
|
|
37,818
|
|
|
|
26,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
$
|
37,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payments (refunds), net
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
$
|
(75)
|
|
|
$
|
355
|
|
Interest paid during the period
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock from Rhozet acquisition
|
|
$
|
8,424
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock and options from Entone
acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,382
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock from BTL acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,831
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
64
Harmonic
Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION,
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic) designs, manufactures
and sell products and systems that enable network operators to
efficiently deliver broadcast and on-demand video services that
include digital video,
video-on-demand
and high definition television, as well as high-speed Internet
access and telephony. Historically, most of our revenues have
been derived from sales of video processing solutions and edge
and access systems to cable television operators. We also
provide our video processing solutions to direct broadcast
satellite operators and to telephone companies, or telcos, which
offer video services to their customers.
Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial
statements of Harmonic include the financial statements of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Harmonics
fiscal quarters end on the Friday nearest the calendar quarter
end, except for the fourth quarter which ends on
December 31.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are comprised
of highly liquid investment-grade investments with original
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash
equivalents are stated at amounts that approximate fair value,
based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term investments are
stated at fair value, and are principally comprised of
U.S. government, U.S. government agencies and
corporate debt securities. The Company classifies its
investments as available for sale in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities, and states its investments at estimated fair
value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss). The specific identification
method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of,
with realized gains and losses reflected in interest income,
net. Investments are anticipated to be used for current
operations and are, therefore, classified as current assets,
even though maturities may extend beyond one year. The Company
monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic
basis. In the event a decline in value is determined to be other
than temporary an impairment charge is recorded.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying value
of Harmonics financial instruments, including cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value
due to their short maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk/Major Customers/Supplier
Concentration. Financial instruments which subject Harmonic
to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are invested
in short-term, highly liquid investment-grade obligations of
commercial or governmental issuers, in accordance with
Harmonics investment policy. The investment policy limits
the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution,
commercial or governmental issuer. Harmonics accounts
receivable are derived from sales to cable, satellite, and other
network operators and distributors. Harmonic generally does not
require collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic
maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the
expected collectibility of its accounts receivable. Two
customers had a balance of 19% and 14% of our net accounts
65
receivable as of December 31, 2007. One customer had a
balance of 23% of our net accounts receivable as of
December 31, 2006.
Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the
Companys products are obtained from a single source or a
limited group of suppliers. Although the Company seeks to reduce
dependence on those sole source and limited source suppliers,
the partial or complete loss of certain of these sources could
have at least a temporary adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations and damage customer relationships.
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal sources of
revenue are from hardware products, software products, solution
sales, services and hardware and software maintenance contracts.
Harmonic recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been
provided, the sale price is fixed or determinable,
collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred to the customer.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
service-related solutions, which are discussed below, is
recognized when risk of loss and title has transferred, which is
generally upon shipment or delivery, or once all applicable
criteria have been met. Allowances are provided for estimated
returns, discounts and trade-ins. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Solution sales for the design, manufacture, test, integration
and installation of products to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products,
that is customized to meet the customers specifications
are accounted for in accordance with
SOP 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction/Production
Contracts. Accordingly, for each arrangement that the
Company enters into that includes both products and services,
the Company performs a detailed evaluation for each arrangement
to determine whether the arrangement should be accounted for as
a single arrangement under
SOP 81-1,
or alternatively, for arrangements that do not involve
significant production, modification or customization, under
other accounting guidance. The Company has a long-standing
history of entering into contractual arrangements to deliver the
solution sales described above, and such arrangements represent
a significant part of the operations of the Company. At the
outset of each arrangement accounted for under
SOP 81-1,
the Company develops a detailed project plan and associated
labor hour estimates for each project. The Company believes
that, based on its historical experience, is has the ability to
make labor hour estimates that are sufficiently dependable to
justify the use of the percentage-of-completion method of
accounting and accordingly, utilizes percentage-of-completion
accounting for most arrangements that are within the scope of
SOP 81-1.
Under the percentage of completion method, revenue recognized
reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that
has been earned, equal to the ratio of labor hours expended to
date to anticipated final labor hours, based on current
estimates of labor hours to complete the project. If the
estimated costs to complete a project exceed the total contract
amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss is
recognized.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
00-21,
Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables. If the undelivered elements qualify as
separate units of accounting based on the criteria in
EITF 00-21,
which include that the delivered elements have value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in
EITF 00-21
to be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is
deferred until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We
establish fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, where
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the determination as to
whether appropriate objective and reliable evidence of fair
value exists can impact the timing of revenue recognition for an
arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on
EITF 03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position
97-2 to
Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental Software. In accordance with the
provisions of
EITF 03-5,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-
66
related elements are accounted for as software. Software-related
elements include all non-software deliverables for which a
software deliverable is essential to its functionality. When
software arrangements contain multiple elements and vendor
specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value exists for all
undelivered elements, Harmonic accounts for the delivered
elements in accordance with the Residual Method
prescribed by
SOP 98-9.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue under an arrangement until all elements have been
delivered. Fair value of software-related elements is based on
separate sales to other customers or upon renewal rates quoted
in contracts when the quoted renewal rates are deemed to be
substantive.
Revenue from maintenance agreements is generally recognized
ratably as the services are performed or based on contractual
terms. The costs associated with services are recognized as
incurred. Maintenance services are recognized ratably over the
maintenance term, which is typically one year. The unrecognized
revenue portion of maintenance agreements billed is recorded as
deferred revenue.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred cost of sales, and invoiced amounts
remain deferred until applicable revenue recognition criteria
are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery provided that the criteria for revenue recognition
have been met. Our agreements with these distributors and system
integrators have terms which are generally consistent with the
standard terms and conditions for the sale of our equipment to
end users and do not provide for product rotation or pricing
allowances, as are typically found in agreements with stocking
distributors. The Company accrues for sales returns and other
allowances based on its historical experience.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs
incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments are
recorded in Cost of sales in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost,
using the weighted average method, or market. Harmonic
establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after
evaluation of historical sales and future demand and market
conditions, expected product lifecycles and current inventory
levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value. Such provisions are charged to cost of sales
in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs related to
research and development are generally charged to expense as
incurred. Capitalization of material software development costs
begins when a products technological feasibility has been
established in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 86,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold,
Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. To date, the time period
between achieving technological feasibility, which the Company
has defined as the establishment of a working model, which
typically occurs when beta testing commences, and the general
availability of such software, has been short, and as such,
software development costs qualifying for capitalization have
been insignificant.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 5 years for
furniture and fixtures, and up to 4 years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets up to 10 years or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to equipment and improvements for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $6.7 million,
$7.4 million and $8.7 million, respectively.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Intangible assets
represent purchased intangible assets and the excess of
acquisition cost over the fair value of tangible and identified
intangible net assets of businesses acquired, or goodwill.
Purchased intangible assets include customer base, maintenance
agreements, developed technology, trademark and tradename, and
supply agreements. See Note 4, Goodwill and
Identified Intangibles.
67
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets, such
as other intangibles and property and equipment, are evaluated
for recoverability when indicators of impairment are present.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of other intangible
assets and long-lived assets on the basis of undiscounted cash
flows for each asset group. If impairment is indicated,
provisions for impairment are determined based on the fair
value, using discounted cash flows.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities.
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring costs
when the Company committed to an exit plan and significant
changes to the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines
the excess facilities accrual based on estimates of expected
sublease rental income for each excess facility. For
restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002,
the Company adopted SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which
requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair
value only when the liability is incurred.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty at the time of revenue recognition and records such
accrued liabilities as part of Cost of sales.
Management periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its
warranty liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties
provided to customers, historical and anticipated warranty
claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of
specified warranty claims.
Currency Translation. The functional currency of the
Companys Israeli operations is the U.S. dollar. All
other foreign subsidiaries use the respective local currency as
the functional currency. When the local currency is the
functional currency, gains and losses from translation of these
foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are
recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income
(loss) in stockholders equity. For subsidiaries where the
functional currency is the U.S. dollar, gains and losses
resulting from re-measuring foreign currency denominated
balances into U.S. dollars are included in other income
(expense), net and have been insignificant for all periods
presented. Foreign currency transactions gains and losses
derived from monetary assets and liabilities being stated in a
currency other than the functional currency are recorded to
other income (expense) in the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes. The Companys income tax policy is to
record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts
reported in its accompanying combined balance sheets, as well as
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company follows
the guidelines set forth in SFAS 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, or SFAS 109, regarding the
recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet
and provides any necessary allowances as required. Determining
necessary allowances requires Harmonic to make assessments about
the timing of future events, including the probability of
expected future taxable income and available tax planning
opportunities. As of December 31, 2007, Harmonic had a
$112.3 million valuation allowance recorded as an offset
against certain of our net deferred tax assets. If we were to
release the entire $112.3 million valuation allowance it
would result in a credit to goodwill of $5.2 million and a
credit to additional paid-in capital within stockholders
equity of $1.5 million. In accordance with SFAS 109,
the Company has evaluated its need for a valuation allowance
based on historical evidence, trends in profitability and
expectations of future taxable income.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the cost of
advertising as incurred. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, advertising
expenses were not material to the results of operations.
Stock Based Compensation. On January 1, 2006, the
Company adopted SFAS 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, (SFAS 123(R)) which requires the
measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including employee stock options and employee stock purchases
related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
based upon the grant-date fair value of those awards.
SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Companys previous
accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
25) and related interpretations, and provided the required
pro forma disclosures prescribed by SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
(SFAS 123) as amended. In addition, we have
applied the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 107
(SAB 107), issued by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, in our adoption of SFAS 123(R).
68
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. The
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect the
impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified
prospective transition method, the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under
SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006 was $6.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively,
which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee equity awards and employee stock purchases. There was
no stock-based compensation expense related to employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases recognized during the year
ended December 31, 2005.
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS 123.
Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation
expense had been recognized in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations because the exercise price of the
Companys stock options granted to employees and directors
equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock at the
date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based
on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the
pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense
for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the
Company changed its method of attributing the value of
stock-based compensation costs to expense from the accelerated
multiple-option method to the straight-line single-option
method. Compensation expense for all share-based payment awards
granted on or prior to December 31, 2005 will continue to
be recognized using the accelerated approach while compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards related to stock
options and employee stock purchase rights granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 are recognized using the straight-line
method.
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is based on
awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for
estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to
be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. Prior to fiscal year 2006, we accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred for the purposes of pro forma
information under SFAS 123.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.
The Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income (loss)
includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income
(loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes cumulative
translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities.
69
Total comprehensive income (loss) of fiscal years 2007, 2006 and
2005 are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Stockholders Equity. Total accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) is displayed as a separate component of
stockholders equity in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accumulated balances for each component of
other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following, net
of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized Gain (Loss) in
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
|
Available-for-Sale
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Translation
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
(226)
|
|
|
$
|
(43)
|
|
|
$
|
(269)
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(198)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
(219)
|
|
|
|
(248)
|
|
|
|
(467)
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
|
|
(85)
|
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
(71)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
(41)
|
|
|
$
|
(129)
|
|
|
$
|
(170)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities.
Harmonic accounts for derivative financial instruments and
hedging contracts in accordance with SFAS 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities and SFAS 149, Amendment of Statement
133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities which
require that all derivatives be recognized at fair value in the
statement of financial position, and that the corresponding
gains or losses be reported either in the statement of
operations or as a component of comprehensive income, depending
on the type of hedging relationship that exists.
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward exchange contracts) to
manage exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in
foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. At December 31,
2007, the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $8.5 million. This foreign exchange contract
matured in the first quarter of 2008. At December 31, 2006,
the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $9.3 million. This foreign exchange contract
matured within the first quarter of 2007.
Reclassification. Certain amounts in prior years
financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to
conform to the 2007 presentation. These reclassifications have
no material impact on previously reported net income (loss) or
cash flows.
NOTE 2: RECENT
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). This statement clarifies the definition of fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and
expands the disclosures on fair value measurements.
SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. We have not determined the effect, if
any, the adoption of this statement in the first quarter of
fiscal 2008 will have on our consolidated results of operations
or financial condition.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
LiabilitiesIncluding an amendment of FASB Statement
115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 expands the
use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing
standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at
fair value. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair
value to measure accounts and loans receivable,
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity
method investments, accounts payable, guarantees and issued
debt. Other eligible items include firm commitments for
financial instruments that otherwise would not be recognized at
inception and non-cash warranty obligations where a warrantor is
permitted to pay a third party to provide the warranty goods or
services. If the use of fair value is elected, any upfront costs
and fees related to the item must be recognized in earnings and
cannot be deferred, e.g., debt issue costs. The fair value
election is irrevocable and generally made on an
70
instrument-by-instrument
basis, even if a company has similar instruments that it elects
not to measure based on fair value. At the adoption date,
unrealized gains and losses on existing items for which fair
value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment
to beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of
SFAS 159, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by Harmonic
in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Harmonic currently is
determining whether fair value accounting is appropriate for any
of its eligible items and cannot estimate the impact, if any,
which SFAS 159 will have on its consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
The Company adopted FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxesan Interpretation of FASB
Statement 109 (FIN 48) on January 1,
2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for
uncertainties in income tax law. FIN 48 prescribes a
comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition,
measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.
See Note 13 Income Taxes for additional
information, including the effects of adoption on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2007, the FASB also ratified Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) Issue
07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development
Activities
(EITF 07-3).
EITF 07-3
requires that nonrefundable advance payments for goods or
services that will be used or rendered for future research and
development activities be deferred and capitalized and
recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the
related services are performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the
effect that the adoption of
EITF 07-3
in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 will have on our
consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007),
Business Combinations
(SFAS 141(R)). SFAS 141(R) establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest
in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also
establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of
the nature and financial effects of the business combination.
SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first
quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 141(R) on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statementsan amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin 51 (SFAS 160).
SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable
to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a
parents ownership interest, and the valuation of retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 160 on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
NOTE 3: ACQUISITIONS
Rhozet Corporation
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, a privately held company based in
Santa Clara, California. Rhozet develops and markets
software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for internet, mobile and
broadcast applications. With Rhozets products, and
sometimes in conjunction with other Harmonic products,
Harmonics existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco
customers can deliver traditional video programming over the
Internet and to mobile devices, as well as expand the types of
content delivered via their traditional networks to encompass
web-based and user-generated content. Harmonic also believes
that the acquisition opens up new customer opportunities for
Harmonic with Rhozets customer base of broadcast content
creators and online video service providers and is complementary
to Harmonics video-on demand networking software business
acquired in December 2006 from Entone Technologies. These
opportunities were
71
significant factors to the establishment of the purchase price,
which exceeded the fair value of Rhozets net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in the amount of goodwill
we have recorded with this transaction. Management has made an
allocation of the estimated purchase price to the tangible and
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
The purchase price of $16.2 million included
$15.5 million of total merger consideration and
$0.7 million of transaction expenses. Under the terms of
the merger agreement, Harmonic paid or will pay an aggregate of
approximately $15.5 million in total merger consideration,
comprised of approximately $2.5 million in cash,
approximately $10.3 million of common stock issued and to
be issued, consisting of approximately 1.1 million shares
of Harmonics common stock, in exchange for all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhozet, approximately
$2.8 million of cash which will be paid, at such time as
provided in the merger agreement, to the holders of outstanding
options to acquire Rhozet common stock. Pursuant to the merger
agreement, approximately $2.3 million of the total merger
consideration, consisting of cash and shares of Harmonic common
stock, are being held back by Harmonic for at least
18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders. As December 31, 2007, $3.3 million in
transaction expenses, cash consideration payable to Rhozet
shareholders and cash consideration payable to holders of Rhozet
stock options remains unpaid and has been recorded in either
accounts payable or current liabilities. In addition, as of
December 31, 2007, approximately $1.9 million of
purchase consideration, which based on the terms of the merger
agreement will be settled through the issuance of approximately
0.2 million shares of Harmonics common stock, has
been recorded as a non-current liability.
The Rhozet acquisition was accounted for under SFAS 141 and
certain specified provisions of SFAS 142. The results of
operations of Rhozet are included in Harmonics
Consolidated Statements of Operations from July 31, 2007,
the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the
allocation of the purchase price based on the fair value of the
tangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date
of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
457
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
133
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
59
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
IP technology
|
|
|
169
|
|
Software license
|
|
|
80
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
700
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
Customer contracts
|
|
|
300
|
|
Maintenance agreements
|
|
|
600
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
300
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
17,535
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(174)
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,165)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
16,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price was allocated as set forth in the table
above. The Income Approach which includes an
analysis of the markets, cash flows and risks associated with
achieving such cash flows, was the primary method used in
valuing the identified intangibles acquired. The Discounted Cash
Flow method was used to estimate the fair value of the acquired
existing technology, in-process technology, maintenance
agreements and customer contracts. The Royalty Savings Method
was used to estimate the fair value of the acquired core
technology and trademarks/trade names. In the Royalty Savings
Method, the value of an asset is estimated by capitalizing the
royalties saved because the Company owns the asset. Expected
cash flows were discounted at the Companys weighted
average cost of capital of
72
18%. Identified intangible assets, including existing technology
and core technology are being amortized over their useful lives
of four years; trade name/trademarks are being amortized over
their useful lives of five years; customer contracts are being
amortized over its useful life of six years and maintenance
agreements are being amortized over its useful life of seven
years. In-process technology was written off due to the risk
that the developments will not be completed or competitive with
comparable products. Existing technology is being amortized
using the double declining method which reflects the future
projected cash flows. The core technology, customer contracts,
maintenance agreements and trade name/trademarks are being
amortized using the straight-line method.
The residual purchase price of $9.0 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of
Rhozet is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment
annually or whenever events indicate that an impairment may have
occurred.
Entone Technologies,
Inc.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic acquired Entone Technologies,
Inc., or Entone, pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan
of Merger (the Merger Agreement) dated
August 21, 2006. Under the terms of the merger agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premise equipment business, or CPE
business, to Entones existing stockholders prior to
closing. Entone then merged into Harmonic, and Harmonic acquired
Entones VOD business, which includes the development, sale
and support of head-end equipment (software and hardware) and
associated services for the creation, distribution and delivery
of on-demand television programming to operators who offer such
programming to businesses and consumers. Harmonic believes
Entones software solution, which facilitates the
provisioning of personalized video services including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion, will enable Harmonic to expand
the scope of solutions we can offer to cable, satellite and
telco/IPTV service providers in order to provide an advanced and
uniquely integrated delivery system for the next generation of
both broadcast and personalized
IP-delivered
video services. These opportunities, along with the established
Asian-based software development workforce, were significant
factors to the establishment of the purchase price, which
exceeded the fair value of Entones net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in the amount of goodwill
we have recorded with this transaction. Management has made an
allocation of the purchase price to the tangible and intangible
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on various
estimates.
The purchase price of $48.9 million included
$26.2 million in cash, $20.1 million of stock issued,
consisting of 3,579,715 shares of Harmonic common stock,
$0.2 million in stock options assumed, and
$2.5 million of transaction expenses incurred. Stock
options to purchase Harmonic common stock totaling approximately
0.2 million shares were issued to reflect the conversion of
all outstanding Entone options for continuing employees. The
fair value of Harmonics stock options issued to Entone
employees were valued at $925,000 using the Black-Scholes
options pricing model of which $697,000 represents unearned
stock-based compensation, which will be recorded as compensation
expense as services are provided by optionholders, and $228,000
was recorded as purchase consideration. As part of the terms of
the Merger Agreement, Harmonic was obligated to purchase a
convertible note with a face amount of $2.5 million in the
new spun off private company subject to closing of an initial
round of equity financing in which at least $4 million is
invested by third parties. This amount was funded in July 2007.
See Note 16.
73
The Entone acquisition was accounted for under SFAS 141 and
certain specified provisions of SFAS 142. The results of
operations of Entone are included in Harmonics
Consolidated Statements of Operations from December 8,
2006, the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes
the allocation of the purchase price based on the fair value of
the tangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the
date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
297
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
184
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
313
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
22
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
368
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
11,600
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
800
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
32,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
50,111
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(855)
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of deferred costs
|
|
|
(166)
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(146)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
48,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identified intangible assets, including existing technology and
core technology are being amortized over their useful lives of
three to four years; tradename/trademarks are being amortized
over their useful lives of five years; and customer
relationships are being amortized over its useful life of six
years.
The residual purchase price of $32.0 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of
Entone is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment
annually or whenever events indicate that an impairment may have
occurred.
74
Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information
presented below summarizes the combined results of operations as
if the acquisitions of Rhozet and Entone had been completed as
of the beginning of the fiscal years presented. The unaudited
pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2006 combines the historical results for
Harmonic for the year ended December 31, 2006, and the
historical results of Rhozet for the year ended
December 31, 2006, and the historical results of Entone for
the respective period through December 8, 2006, the
acquisition date. The unaudited pro forma financial information
for the year ended December 31, 2007 combines the
historical results of Harmonic for the year ended
December 31, 2007 with the results of Rhozet for the period
from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007, the
acquisition date. The pro forma financial information is
presented for informational purposes only and does not purport
to be indicative of what would have occurred had the mergers
actually been completed as of the beginning of the periods
presented or of results which may occur in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
312,527
|
|
|
$
|
250,758
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
20,311
|
|
|
$
|
(11,940)
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.15)
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
(0.15)
|
|
Broadcast Technology
Limited
On February 25, 2005, Harmonic purchased all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Broadcast Technology Limited, or BTL,
a private UK company, for a purchase consideration of
£4.0 million, or approximately $7.6 million. The
purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
£3.0 million in cash and the issuance of
169,112 shares of Harmonic common stock. In addition,
Harmonic paid approximately $0.3 million in transaction
costs for a total transaction price of approximately
$7.9 million. The addition of BTL expanded Harmonics
product line to include professional video/audio receivers and
decoders. This enabled us to expand the scope of solutions we
provided for existing and emerging cable, satellite, terrestrial
broadcast and telecom applications. These factors contributed to
a purchase price exceeding the fair value of BTLs net
tangible and intangible assets acquired; as a result, we
recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction.
The BTL acquisition was accounted for under SFAS 141 and
certain specified provisions of SFAS 142. The results of
operations of BTL are included in Harmonics Consolidated
Statements of Operations from February 25, 2005, the date
of acquisition. The following table summarizes the allocation of
the purchase price based on the estimated fair value of the
tangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date
of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
2,508
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
540
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
320
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
60
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
3,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
9,372
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(568)
|
|
Deferred tax liability for acquired intangibles
|
|
|
(891)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
7,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
Identified intangible assets, including existing technology and
customer relationships are being amortized over their useful
lives of three years; tradename/trademarks are being amortized
over their useful lives of two years; and order backlog is being
amortized over its useful life of three months. A review of the
intangibles associated with the BTL acquisition was performed in
the fourth quarter of 2006 and it was determined that the
remaining intangibles of $1.0 million were impaired.
The residual purchase price of $3.7 million has been
recorded as goodwill and was originally allocated to the
Convergent Systems reporting unit. Effective January 1,
2006, the Companys restructuring resulted in the operating
divisions being combined and goodwill is evaluated at the
Company level. The goodwill as a result of this acquisition is
not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. In accordance
with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of BTL is not
being amortized and will be tested for impairment annually or
whenever events indicate that an impairment may have occurred.
Supplemental pro forma information is not provided because the
acquisition of BTL was not material to the Companys
financial statements for all periods presented.
NOTE 4: GOODWILL
AND IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLES
For purposes of applying SFAS 142, management believed the
operating divisions, BAN and CS, represented the Companys
reporting units prior to January 1, 2006. CS was the only
reporting unit with goodwill and intangible assets. Effective
January 1, 2006 the Companys restructuring resulted
in the operating divisions being combined. As a result,
management has determined that the Company operates as a single
reporting unit and goodwill is evaluated at the Company level.
The Company performed the annual impairment test of goodwill in
the fourth quarter of 2005, 2006 and 2007. For the year 2005,
the fair value of CS, which was based on the operations
future discounted cash flows, exceeded its carrying amount,
including goodwill. For the years 2006 and 2007, in all
instances, the fair value of Harmonic, which was based on the
Companys future discounted cash flows, exceeded its
carrying amount, including goodwill. As a result of these tests,
goodwill was determined not to be impaired.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the
Company recorded a total of $5.3 million, $1.2 million
and $2.6 million, respectively, of amortization expense for
identified intangibles, of which $4.7 million,
$0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively, was
included in cost of sales. A review of the intangibles
associated with the BTL acquisition was performed in 2006 and it
was determined that the carrying value of intangibles of
$1.0 million were impaired. In 2006, the impairment charge
was recorded as $0.8 million to cost of sales and
$0.2 million to operating expenses. The following is a
summary of goodwill and intangible assets as of
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Impairment
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed core technology
|
|
$
|
49,463
|
|
|
$
|
(34,941)
|
|
|
$
|
14,522
|
|
|
$
|
44,322
|
|
|
$
|
(29,334)
|
|
|
$
|
(826)
|
|
|
$
|
14,162
|
|
Customer relationships/contracts
|
|
|
33,912
|
|
|
|
(32,234)
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
33,611
|
|
|
|
(31,929)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
Trademark and tradename
|
|
|
5,337
|
|
|
|
(4,432)
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
5,031
|
|
|
|
(4,241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
3,543
|
|
|
|
(3,543)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,532
|
|
|
|
(3,314)
|
|
|
|
(218)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software license and intellectual property
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
(74)
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
93,104
|
|
|
|
(75,260)
|
|
|
|
17,844
|
|
|
|
86,496
|
|
|
|
(68,818)
|
|
|
|
(1,044)
|
|
|
|
16,634
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$
|
138,897
|
|
|
$
|
(75,260)
|
|
|
$
|
63,637
|
|
|
$
|
123,637
|
|
|
$
|
(68,818)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,044)
|
|
|
$
|
53,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
37,141
|
|
|
$
|
4,896
|
|
Acquisition of Rhozet Corporation
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Entone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,412
|
|
Purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(385)
|
|
|
|
(531)
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
45,793
|
|
|
$
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated future amortization expense for identified
intangibles is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Sales
|
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
5,426
|
|
|
$
|
765
|
|
|
$
|
6,191
|
|
2009
|
|
|
5,133
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
|
5,821
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
4,441
|
|
2011
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
2013 and thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,522
|
|
|
$
|
3,322
|
|
|
$
|
17,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 5: RESTRUCTURING,
EXCESS FACILITIES AND INVENTORY PROVISIONS
During 2001, Harmonic recorded a charge for excess facilities
costs of $21.8 million. During the second half of 2002, the
Company changed its estimates related to accrued excess
facilities with regard to the expected timing and amount of
sublease income and recorded an additional excess facilities
charge of $22.5 million, net of sublease income, to
selling, general and administrative expenses.
In the fourth quarter of 2005 the excess facilities liability
was decreased by $1.1 million due to subleasing a portion
of an unoccupied building for the remainder of the lease.
During the third quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a charge
in selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $3.9 million. This charge relates to two
buildings which were vacated during the third quarter in
connection with a plan to make more efficient use of our
Sunnyvale campus in accordance with applicable provisions of
FAS 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or
Disposal Activities. In addition, during the third quarter
of 2006 the Company revised its estimate of expected sublease
income with respect to previously vacated facilities and
recorded a credit of $1.7 million in accordance with
applicable provisions of
EITF 94-3
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain
Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a charge
in selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $0.4 million. This charge primarily relates
to two buildings in the UK which were vacated in connection with
the closure of the manufacturing and research and development
activities of Broadcast Technology Limited, or BTL, in
accordance with applicable provisions of FAS 146. In the
fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a charge in
selling, general and administrative expenses of
$0.1 million for the remaining building from the closure of
BTL.
In the third quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale
building to the lease expiration. In addition, in 2007
77
the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million
on a reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale
building.
As of December 31, 2007, accrued excess facilities cost
totaled $16.0 million of which $6.1 million was
included in current accrued liabilities and $9.9 million in
other non-current liabilities. The Company incurred cash outlays
of $6.3 million, net of $1.1 million of sublease
income, during 2007 principally for lease payments, property
taxes, insurance and other maintenance fees related to vacated
facilities. As of December 31, 2006, accrued excess
facilities cost totaled $22.7 million of which
$6.3 million was included in current accrued liabilities
and $16.4 million in other non-current liabilities. The
Company incurred cash outlays of $5.2 million, net of
$1.0 million of sublease income, during 2006 principally
for lease payments, property taxes, insurance and other
maintenance fees related to vacated facilities. In 2008,
Harmonic expects to pay approximately $6.1 million of
excess facility lease costs, net of estimated sublease income,
and to pay the remaining $9.9 million, net of estimated
sublease income, over the remaining lease terms through
September 2010.
Harmonic reassesses this liability quarterly and adjust as
necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of expected
sublease rental income. If facilities rental rates decrease in
these markets or if it takes longer than expected to sublease
these facilities, the maximum amount by which the actual loss
could exceed the December 31, 2007 balance is approximately
$1.5 million.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, in response to the
consolidation of the Companys two operating segments into
a single segment as of January 1, 2006, the Company
implemented workforce reductions of approximately
40 full-time employees and recorded severance and other
costs of approximately $1.1 million.
During the second quarter of 2006, the Company streamlined its
senior management team primarily in the U.S. operations and
recorded severance and other costs of approximately
$1.0 million.
The following table summarizes restructuring activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workforce
|
|
Management
|
|
Excess
|
|
Campus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
Reduction
|
|
Facilities
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
BTL Closure
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2005
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,421
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,421
|
|
Provisions/
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,118)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(465)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,727)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,192)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,211
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
(1,744)
|
|
|
|
3,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,111
|
|
Transfer of deferred rent liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(610)
|
|
|
|
(568)
|
|
|
|
(4,648)
|
|
|
|
(550)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,376)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
17,184
|
|
|
|
5,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,092
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96)
|
|
|
|
(1,828)
|
|
|
|
1,019
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(298)
|
|
|
|
(4,206)
|
|
|
|
(2,040)
|
|
|
|
(733)
|
|
|
|
(7,277)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,150
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
16,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
NOTE 6: CASH,
CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
|
76,175
|
|
|
|
51,649
|
|
Due in 1-2 years
|
|
|
29,893
|
|
|
|
4,193
|
|
Due in 3-30 years
|
|
|
17,121
|
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
No maturity date
|
|
|
17,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
140,255
|
|
|
|
58,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in
thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
15,886
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
(12)
|
|
|
$
|
15,887
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
90,247
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(134)
|
|
|
|
90,181
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
34,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
140,320
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(146)
|
|
|
$
|
140,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
17,187
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(36)
|
|
|
$
|
17,151
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
38,678
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
38,691
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
58,940
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
(61)
|
|
|
$
|
58,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately
$34.2 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs,
classified as short-term investments and the fair value of these
securities approximate cost at the balance sheet date. As of
February 29, 2008 we have $31.2 million invested in
ARSs which are invested in municipal government obligations and
preferred securities in closed end funds, and all have a credit
rating of AA+ or better. From January 1, 2008 through
February 29, 2008, auctions for $31.2 million of these
securities were not successful, resulting in our continuing to
hold these securities and the issuers paying interest at the
maximum contractual rate. Based on current market conditions, it
is likely that future auctions related to these securities will
be unsuccessful in the near term. Unsuccessful auctions will
result in our holding these securities beyond their next
scheduled auction reset dates and limiting the short-term
liquidity of these investments. While these failures in the
auction process have affected our ability to access these funds
in the near term, we do not believe that the underlying
securities or collateral have been affected. It is the
Companys intent to realize the cash value of these
securities during its normal operating cycle and accordingly the
securities have been classified in short-term investments. While
management believes that the Company will be able to liquidate
our auction rate securities without significant loss, however,
the timing to realize the investments recorded value is
uncertain. If the credit rating of the security issuers
deteriorates or does not meet our investment criteria, the
Company may be required to adjust the carrying value of these
investments through an impairment charge or dispose of these
securities, possibly at a loss. Excluding ARSs, at
February 29, 2008, the Company had approximately
$236 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments.
79
Impairment of
Investments
We monitor our investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic
basis. In the event that the carrying value of an investment
exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to
be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a
new cost basis for the investment is established. In order to
determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, we
evaluate, among other factors: the duration and extent to which
the fair value has been less than the carrying value; our
financial condition and business outlook, including key
operational and cash flow metrics, current market conditions and
future trends in the companys industry; our relative
competitive position within the industry; and our intent and
ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient
to allow any anticipated recovery in fair value.
In accordance with FASB Staff Position
Nos. 115-1
and
FAS 124-1,
The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its
Application to Certain Investments (FSP
FAS 115-1),
there are no available-for-sale securities that have been in a
continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months
and the amount of unrealized losses on any individual security
and the total investment balance is insignificant as of
December 31, 2007. The decline in the estimated fair value
of these investments relative to amortized cost is primarily
related to changes in interest rates and is considered to be
temporary in nature.
NOTE 7: ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS, RETURNS,
DISCOUNTS AND TRADE-INS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
77,496
|
|
|
$
|
69,145
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
(8,194)
|
|
|
|
(4,471)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69,302
|
|
|
$
|
64,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectibility of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectibility is based on its review of credit profiles of
customers contractual terms and conditions, current
economic trends and historical payment experience. Two customers
had a balance of 19% and 14% of our net accounts receivable as
of December 31, 2007. One customer had a balance of 23% of
our net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2006.
The following is a summary of activities in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges/ (credits)
|
|
|
(Additions) from
|
|
|
Balance at End of
|
|
|
|
Beginning of Period
|
|
|
Charges to Revenue
|
|
|
to Expense
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
4,471
|
|
|
$
|
7,107
|
|
|
$
|
(125)
|
|
|
$
|
(3,259)
|
|
|
$
|
8,194
|
|
2006
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
3,357
|
|
|
|
(138)
|
|
|
|
(1,978)
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
2005
|
|
|
5,126
|
|
|
|
3,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,973)
|
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
80
NOTE 8: BALANCE
SHEET DETAILS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
8,700
|
|
|
$
|
12,845
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
3,759
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
23,977
|
|
|
|
25,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,251
|
|
|
$
|
42,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
6,725
|
|
|
$
|
6,910
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
52,394
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
27,388
|
|
|
|
27,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,074
|
|
|
|
86,396
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(76,992)
|
|
|
|
(71,580)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,082
|
|
|
$
|
14,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
12,578
|
|
|
$
|
9,332
|
|
C-Cube pre-merger liabilities(1)
|
|
|
6,657
|
|
|
|
9,099
|
|
Accrued litigation settlement
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs current
|
|
|
6,106
|
|
|
|
6,264
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
5,786
|
|
|
|
6,061
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,159
|
|
|
|
13,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,686
|
|
|
$
|
44,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Under terms of the merger agreement
with C-Cube, Harmonic is generally liable for C-Cubes
pre-merger liabilities. Approximately $6.7 million of
pre-merger liabilities remain outstanding as of
December 31, 2007 and Harmonic expects final settlement of
certain of these obligations to a variety of authorities and LSI
Logic during 2008. These amounts have been included in accrued
liabilities. A payment of $1.1 million was made in January
2008 by Harmonic to settle in one foreign country.
|
NOTE 9: NET
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the
net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the
period by the weighted average number of the common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is the
same as basic net loss per share for 2005 because potential
common shares, such as common shares issuable upon the exercise
of stock options, are only considered when their effect would be
dilutive. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, 5,590,121, 10,221,543 and
10,352,996 of potentially dilutive shares, consisting of
options, were excluded from the net income (loss) per share
computations, respectively, because their effect was
antidilutive.
81
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net loss per share computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
Net income (loss) (numerator)
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common stock relating to stock options and ESPP
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future issued common stock related to acquisitions
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 10: CREDIT
FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 5, 2009. In March 2007, Harmonic paid
in full the outstanding balance of its secured term loan for
equipment and canceled its term loan facility as part of the
renewal process for the bank line of credit. As of
December 31, 2007, other than standby letters of credit and
guarantees (Note 17), there were no amounts outstanding
under the line of credit facility and there were no borrowings
in 2006 or 2007. This facility, which was amended and restated
in March 2008, contains a financial covenant with the
requirement for Harmonic to maintain cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments, net of credit extensions, of not less
than $40.0 million. If Harmonic is unable to maintain this
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments balance or
satisfy the affirmative covenant requirement, Harmonic would be
in noncompliance with the facility. In the event of
noncompliance by Harmonic with the covenant under the facility,
Silicon Valley Bank would be entitled to exercise its remedies
under the facility which include declaring all obligations
immediately due and payable if obligations were not repaid. At
December 31, 2007, Harmonic was in compliance with the
covenant under this line of credit facility. The March 2008
amendment requires payment of approximately $20,000 of
additional fees if the Company does not maintain an unrestricted
deposit of $30.0 million with the bank for
10 consecutive days. Future borrowings pursuant to the line
bear interest at the banks prime rate (7.25% at
December 31, 2007) or prime plus 0.5% for equipment
borrowings. Borrowings are payable monthly and are not
collateralized.
NOTE 11: CAPITAL
STOCK
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000 authorized shares
of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, The Company
classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by our stockholders of record as of
the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each preferred
share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase from us one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a price of
$25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not immediately
exercisable, however, and will become exercisable only upon the
occurrence of certain events. The stockholder rights plan may
have the effect of deterring or delaying a change in control of
Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During 2007, Harmonic issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering. The
net proceeds to the Company were approximately
$141.8 million, which is net of underwriters
discounts and commissions of approximately $7.4 million and
related legal, accounting, printing and other costs totaling
approximately $0.8 million. In addition, we issued
905,624 shares of common stock as part of the consideration
82
for the purchase of all the outstanding shares of Rhozet. The
shares had a value of $8.4 million at the time of issuance.
See Note 3 for additional information regarding the
acquisition of Rhozet.
During 2006, Harmonic issued 3,579,715 shares of common
stock as part of the consideration for the purchase of all the
outstanding shares of Entone. The shares had a value of
$20.1 million at the time of issuance. See Note 3 for
additional information regarding the acquisition of Entone.
Future Issued Shares. The Company has reserved
200,854 shares of Harmonic common stock with a value of
$1.9 million for future issuance in connection with the
acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007. The shares of Harmonic
common stock, are being held back by Harmonic for at least
18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders.
NOTE 12: BENEFIT
PLANS
Stock Option Plans. Harmonic has reserved
10,841,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
various employee stock option plans. The options are granted for
periods not exceeding ten years and generally vest 25% at one
year from date of grant, and an additional 1/48 per month
thereafter. Stock options are granted at the fair market value
of the stock at the date of grant. Beginning on
February 27, 2006, option grants had a term of seven years.
Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there
is a change in control.
Director Option Plans. In May 2002, Harmonics
stockholders approved the 2002 Director Option Plan (the
Plan), replacing the 1995 Director Option Plan.
In June 2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment
to the Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance over the term of the Plan by an
additional 300,000 shares to 700,000 shares and
reduced the term of future options granted under the Plan to
seven years. Harmonic has a total of 678,000 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Director Plans. The
Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options to
certain non-employee directors of Harmonic pursuant to an
automatic, non-discretionary grant mechanism. Options are
granted at the fair market value of the stock at the date of
grant for periods not exceeding ten years. Initial grants
generally vest monthly over three years, and subsequent grants
generally vest monthly over one year.
83
The following table summarizes activities under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Available for
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
(In thousands, except exercise
price)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,603
|
|
|
|
8,940
|
|
|
$
|
13.64
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,416)
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(476)
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
|
(797)
|
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19)
|
|
|
|
45.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
3,984
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
13.05
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(2,236)
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(359)
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
(1,584)
|
|
|
|
11.26
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
42.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
11.50
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(2,514)
|
|
|
|
2,514
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,311)
|
|
|
|
6.30
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
(933)
|
|
|
|
12.03
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
|
28.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,819
|
|
|
$
|
13.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and expected-to-vest as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,884
|
|
|
$
|
11.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $4.56,
$3.97, and $3.93 for 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
Outstanding
|
|
Stock Options
Exercisable
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
Exercisable at
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
Average Exercise
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Average
|
Range of Exercise
Prices
|
|
2007
|
|
(Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
2007
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
(In thousands, except exercise
price and life)
|
$
|
0
|
.19 − 5.66
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.77
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
$
|
3.63
|
|
|
5
|
.67 − 6.40
|
|
|
1,918
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
5.95
|
|
|
6
|
.41 − 8.20
|
|
|
1,974
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
8.11
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
7.69
|
|
|
8
|
.21 − 9.29
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
8.96
|
|
|
|
1,463
|
|
|
|
9.06
|
|
|
9
|
.44 − 12.10
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
|
12
|
.35 − 25.50
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
23.24
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
23.24
|
|
|
26
|
.43 − 121.68
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
56.41
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
56.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
|
|
|
5,819
|
|
|
$
|
13.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
The weighted-average remaining contractual life for all
exercisable stock options at December 31, 2007 was
4.1 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life
of all vested and expected-to-vest stock options at
December 31, 2007 was 4.8 years.
Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value of options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was
$23.7 million and $13.2 million, respectively. The
aggregate intrinsic value of stock options vested and
expected-to-vest net of estimated forfeitures was
$21.9 million at December 31, 2007. Aggregate pre-tax
intrinsic value represents the difference between our closing
price on the last trading day of the fiscal period, which was
$10.48 as of December 31, 2007 and $7.27 as of
December 31, 2006, and the exercise price multiplied by the
number of options outstanding or exercisable. The intrinsic
value of exercised stock options is calculated based on the
difference between the exercise price and the quoted market
price of our common stock as of the exercise date. The aggregate
intrinsic value of exercised stock options was $5.3 million
and $1.0 million during the years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
The total realized tax benefit attributable to stock options
exercised during the period in jurisdictions where this expense
is deductible for tax purposes was $0.1 million in 2007.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. In May 2004,
Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the 2002
Purchase Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of
common stock authorized for issuance over the term of the 2002
Purchase Plan by an additional 2,000,000 shares. In June
2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the
2002 Purchase Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of
common stock available for issuance under the 2002 Purchase Plan
by an additional 2,000,000 shares to 5,500,000 shares
and reduce the term of future offering periods to six months,
which became effective for the offering period beginning
January 1, 2007. The 2002 Purchase Plan enables employees
to purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the beginning of the offering period or end of the
purchase period, whichever is lower. Offering periods and
purchase periods generally begin on the first trading day on or
after January 1 and July 1 of each year. The 2002 Purchase Plan
is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase
plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.
During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the number of shares of stock issued
under the purchase plans were 669,871, 811,565 and
705,171 shares at weighted average prices of $4.82, $4.04
and $5.05, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of each
right to purchase shares of common stock granted under the
purchase plans were $2.38, $1.42 and $1.82 for 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively. At December 31, 2007,
1,813,624 shares were reserved for future issuances under
the 2002 Purchase Plan.
Retirement/Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan which qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic makes discretionary contributions to the
plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible participants
up to a maximum contribution per participant of $750 per year.
This amount was increased to $1,000 effective January 1,
2006. Such amounts totaled $0.3 million in 2007,
$0.3 million in 2006, and $0.3 million in 2005.
85
Stock-based
Compensation
The following table summarizes the impact of options from
SFAS 123(R) on stock-based compensation costs for employees
on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
997
|
|
|
$
|
957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
2,012
|
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
Sales, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
2,847
|
|
|
|
2,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation in operating expense
|
|
|
4,859
|
|
|
|
4,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
5,539
|
|
Amount capitalized in inventory
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Total other stock-based compensation (1)
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
6,196
|
|
|
$
|
5,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Other stock-based compensation
represents charges related to non-employee stock options.
|
As of December 31, 2007, total unamortized stock-based
compensation cost related to unvested stock options was
$14.6 million, with the weighted average recognition period
of 2.7 years.
If the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS 123 had
been applied in measuring employee stock-based compensation in
fiscal year 2005 the pro forma effect on net loss and net loss
per share would have been as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
Net loss, as reported
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
Less: Stock-based compensation expense previously determined
under fair value based method, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(8,936)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss, after effect of stock-based compensation for
employees
|
|
$
|
(14,667)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic as reported for prior period
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic after effect of stock-based compensation for
employees
|
|
$
|
(0.20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted as reported for prior period
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted after effect of stock-based compensation for
employees
|
|
$
|
(0.20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes multiple option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Options
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase
Plan
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
58%
|
|
|
|
75%
|
|
|
|
96%
|
|
|
|
51%
|
|
|
|
54%
|
|
|
|
69%
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.7%
|
|
|
|
4.6%
|
|
|
|
3.8%
|
|
|
|
4.9%
|
|
|
|
5.0%
|
|
|
|
3.7%
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
86
The expected term for employee stock options and the ESPP
represents the weighted-average period that the stock options
are expected to remain outstanding. We derived the expected term
using the SAB 107 simplified method. As alternative sources
of data become available in order to determine the expected term
we will incorporate these data into our assumption.
We use the historical volatility over the expected term of the
options and the ESPP offering period to estimate the expected
volatility. We believe that the historical volatility, at this
time, represents fairly the future volatility of its common
stock. We will continue to monitor relevant information to
measure expected volatility for future option grants and ESPP
offering periods.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock
options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history
and expectation of dividend payouts.
NOTE 13: INCOME
TAXES
Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
United States
|
|
|
24,260
|
|
|
|
4,247
|
|
|
|
(3,656)
|
|
International
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
(2,631)
|
|
|
|
(1,638)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,521
|
|
|
$
|
1,616
|
|
|
$
|
(5,294)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,677
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
Harmonics provision for income taxes differed from the
amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. federal
income tax rate to the loss before income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes at U.S. Federal
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
8,933
|
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
|
$
|
(1,853)
|
|
State Taxes
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differential in rates on foreign earnings
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(160)
|
|
|
|
(123)
|
|
Losses for which no benefit, (benefit) is taken
|
|
|
(9,887)
|
|
|
|
(1,687)
|
|
|
|
2,173
|
|
Alternative Minimum Taxes
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in liabilities for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible stock compensation
|
|
|
1,076
|
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible meals and entertainment
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Other
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
35,365
|
|
|
$
|
31,212
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
58,646
|
|
|
|
72,605
|
|
|
|
78,687
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,091
|
|
|
|
8,751
|
|
|
|
10,849
|
|
Research and development credit carryovers
|
|
|
11,462
|
|
|
|
10,419
|
|
|
|
9,482
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5,147
|
|
|
|
3,489
|
|
|
|
1,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
119,711
|
|
|
|
126,476
|
|
|
|
130,739
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(112,330)
|
|
|
|
(120,069)
|
|
|
|
(130,739)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,381
|
|
|
|
6,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(7,013)
|
|
|
|
(6,407)
|
|
|
|
(525)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
368
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(525)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2007 we adopted the provisions of Financial
Standards Accounting Board Interpretation 48, Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of
FASB Statement 109 (FIN 48). The effect
of adopting this pronouncement was a decrease in the
Companys retained earnings of $2.1 million for
interest and penalties. At the date of adoption we had
$8.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits. As a result of
the adoption of FIN 48, the liability of $6.4 million
was reclassified from current taxes payable to long-term taxes
payable. Our unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007
related to tax benefits in various jurisdictions. The federal
and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an
annual limitation due to the ownership change provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
88
The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross
unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Increases related to current year tax positions
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of
taxes
|
|
|
(0.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that would impact
the effective tax rate is approximately $5.8 million at
December 31, 2007. We also accrued potential penalties and
interest of $0.2 million and $0.8 million,
respectively, related to these unrecognized tax benefits during
2007, and in total, as of December 31, 2007, we had
recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of
$0.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The
Company has reversed $0.7 million of liability pursuant to
FIN 48 due to the expiration of the statute of limitations
with respect to audits of past tax years in two foreign
jurisdictions. The Company does not anticipate a significant
change in unrecognized tax benefits within the next
12 months.
We file U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations during which
such tax returns may be audited and adjusted by the relevant tax
authorities. The 2004 through 2007 tax years generally remain
subject to examination by federal and most state tax
authorities. In addition, U.S. tax returns are open from 2003 to
2004 to the extent of net operating losses generated during
these periods and are being utilized in the open tax periods.
Also, U.S. tax returns are open from 1991 to 2004 to the extent
of research and development credit was generated during these
periods and is being utilized in open tax years. In significant
foreign jurisdictions, the 2001 through 2007 tax years generally
remain subject to examination by their respective tax
authorities.
We anticipate the unrecognized tax benefits may increase during
the year for items that arise in the ordinary course of
business. Such amounts will be reflected as an increase in the
amount of unrecognized tax benefits and an increase to the
current period tax expense. These increases will be considered
in the determination of the Companys annual effective tax
rate. The amount of the unrecognized tax benefit classified as a
long-term tax payable, if recognized, would reduce the annual
income provision.
As of December 31, 2007, we maintained a valuation
allowance against certain of our net deferred tax assets because
we expect that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax
assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future. We
continuously monitor the circumstances impacting the expected
realization of our deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction. We
consider all available evidence, both positive and negative,
including historical levels of income in each jurisdiction,
expectations and risks associated with estimates of future
taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning
strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. If
we determine it is more likely than not that some or all of our
deferred tax assets will be realized in the foreseeable future,
we will adjust our valuation allowance accordingly. A change in
our assessment regarding the realization of our deferred tax
assets will impact our effective tax rate in the period we
revise our assessment and in subsequent periods. As of
December 31, 2007 our valuation allowance totaled
$112.3 million. As of December 31, 2007, the Company
had $139.7 million of federal and $46.8 million of
state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce
future taxable income which will begin to expire in 2021 and
2013 for federal tax purposes and for state tax purposes,
respectively. As of December 31, 2007 the Company had
foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $32.6 million
which do not expire. The federal and state net operating loss
carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to the
ownership change provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 382.
As of December 31, 2007, the portion of the federal net
operating loss carryforwards which relates to stock option
deductions is approximately $10.5 million. As of
December 31, 2007, the portion of state net operating
carryforwards which relates to stock option deductions is
approximately $5.6 million. The Company is tracking the
portion of its deferred tax assets attributable to stock option
benefits arising subsequent to January 1, 2006 in a
separate memo account pursuant to SFAS 123(R). Therefore
these amounts are no longer included in the Companys gross
or net deferred tax assets. Pursuant to FAS 123(R), the
benefit of these net operating loss carryforwards will only be
recorded to equity when they reduce taxes payable.
89
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had federal and state
tax credit carryovers of approximately $6.2 million and
$9.8 million, respectively, available to offset future
taxable income. The federal credits expire beginning in 2008,
while the state credits will not expire.
Our effective tax rate for 2007, 2006 and 2005 differs from the
U.S. statutory rate primarily due to utilization of
unbenefited net operating loss carryforwards.
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future
earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain in the
United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Accordingly,
certain net deferred tax assets have been offset by a valuation
allowance. The deferred tax liabilities relate to purchase
accounting for acquisitions.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
U.S. income taxes were not provided for on a cumulative
total of approximately $12.7 million of undistributed
earnings for certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in
these
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are essentially permanent in duration is not practicable.
The company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in
operations outside the U.S
NOTE 14: SEGMENT
INFORMATION
We operate our business in one reportable segment, which is the
design, manufacture and sales of products and systems that
enable network operators to efficiently deliver broadcast and
on-demand video services that include digital audio,
video-on-demand
and high definition television as well as high-speed internet
access and telephony. Operating segments are defined as
components of an enterprise that engage in business activities
for which separate financial information is available and
evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how
to allocate resources and assessing performance. Our chief
operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer.
Our revenue by geographic region, based on the location at which
each sale originates, is summarized as follows:
Geographic
Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
|
$
|
153,264
|
|
International
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
104,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
11,834
|
|
|
$
|
12,791
|
|
|
$
|
14,994
|
|
International
|
|
|
2,248
|
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,082
|
|
|
$
|
14,816
|
|
|
$
|
17,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a substantial majority of
Harmonics net sales have been to relatively few customers,
and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to continue in
the foreseeable future. In 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 16% and 12% of net sales, respectively. In 2006
and 2005, sales to Comcast accounted for 12% and 18% of net
sales, respectively.
The Companys assets are primarily located within the
United States of America.
90
NOTE 15: RELATED
PARTY
A director of Harmonic is also a director of JDS Uniphase
Corporation, from whom the Company purchases products used in
the manufacture of our products. Product purchases from JDS
Uniphase were approximately $1.0 million during 2007. As of
December 31, 2007, Harmonic had liabilities to JDS Uniphase
of approximately $0.1 million.
A director of Harmonic was also a director of Terayon
Communications Systems, Inc. until Terayons merger with
Motorola in July 2007, and the Company purchased products for
resale from Terayon. During 2007 and 2006, the Company purchased
$1.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, in
products from Terayon. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006,
Harmonic had liabilities to Terayon of zero and approximately
$1.0 million, respectively, for inventory purchases.
NOTE 16: CONVERTIBLE
NOTE RECEIVABLE
On July 5, 2007, Harmonic purchased an unsecured
convertible promissory note from Entone, Inc. with a face amount
of $2.5 million. Interest accrues on the note at the rate
of 4.95% per annum and will be due with principal at the earlier
of August 21, 2011 or upon a Change of Control
Transaction of Entone, Inc, unless the note is otherwise
converted. The principal amount of $2.5 million and all
accrued interest will automatically convert into preferred stock
of Entone when it closes its next preferred stock equity
financing of at least $8.0 million prior to the due date of
the note. Upon the next preferred stock equity financing,
Harmonic will be entitled to receive shares of such series of
preferred stock equal to the principal amount of the note and
all accrued interest up to the date of conversion divided by the
greater of (i) 80% of the per share purchase price of the
such preferred stock or (ii) the original purchase price of
Entones Series A preferred stock. Upon a Change of
Control Transaction, Harmonic will be entitled to receive
Series A preferred stock equal to the $2.5 million
principal amount of the note and all accrued interest up to the
date of conversion divided by the greater of (a) 80% of the
amount received by a holder for a share of Series A
preferred stock in connection with such Change of Control
Transaction, assuming conversion of the note, or (b) the
original purchase price of the Series A Preferred Stock.
The Convertible Note is tested for impairment whenever events
indicate that impairment may have occurred. The note is included
in Other Assets on the Balance Sheet as of December 31,
2007.
NOTE 17: GUARANTEES
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated warranty
costs at the time of product shipment. Management periodically
reviews the estimated fair value of its warranty liability and
adjusts based on the terms of warranties provided to customers,
historical and anticipated warranty claims experience, and
estimates of the timing and cost of specified warranty claims.
Activity for the Companys warranty accrual, which is
included in accrued liabilities is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
6,061
|
|
|
$
|
6,166
|
|
Accrual for warranties
|
|
|
4,182
|
|
|
|
4,038
|
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(4,457)
|
|
|
|
(4,143)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
|
$
|
6,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of December 31, 2007
the Companys financial guarantees consisted of standby
letters of credit outstanding, which were principally related to
customs bond requirements, performance bonds and state
requirements imposed on employers. The maximum amount of
potential future payments under these arrangements was
$0.3 million.
91
Indemnifications. Harmonic is obligated to indemnify its
officers and the members of its Board of Directors pursuant to
its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements. Harmonic also
indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers for specified
intellectual property matters pursuant to certain contractual
arrangements, subject to certain limitations. The scope of these
indemnities varies, but in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees). There have been no claims against us for
indemnification pursuant to any of these arrangements and,
accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in respect of the
indemnifications provisions through December 31, 2007.
Guarantees. As of December 31, 2007, Harmonic had no
other guarantees outstanding.
NOTE 18: COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments Leases. Harmonic leases its
facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire at
various dates through September 2010. In addition, Harmonic
leases vehicles in several foreign countries under noncancelable
operating leases which expire in 2008. Total lease payments
related to these operating leases were $12.9 million,
$11.7 million and $12.0 million for 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under
noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2007, are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
13,844
|
|
2009
|
|
|
13,980
|
|
2010
|
|
|
10,491
|
|
2011
|
|
|
42
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, $19.7 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 5 Restructuring, Excess
Facilities and Inventory Provisions.
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic has licensed
certain technologies from various companies and incorporates
this technology into its own products and is required to pay
royalties usually based on shipment of products. In addition,
Harmonic has obtained research and development grants under
various Israeli government programs that require the payment of
royalties on sales of certain products resulting from such
research. During 2007, 2006 and 2005 royalty expenses were
$1.6 million, $1.6 million and $1.1 million,
respectively.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number of
contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components, sub-assembly and modules are obtained
from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. During the
normal course of business, in order to reduce manufacturing lead
times and ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters
into agreements with certain contract manufacturers and
suppliers that allow them to procure inventory based upon
criteria as defined by the Company.
Commitments Contingencies. Harmonics
industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of
patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties,
including these leading companies, have asserted and may assert
exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual
property rights against us or our customers. Such assertions and
claims arise in the normal course of our operations. The
resolution of assertions and claims cannot be predicted with
certainty. Management believes that the final outcome of such
matters would not have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
92
NOTE 19: LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
In 2000, several actions alleging violations of the federal
securities laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and
directors (some of whom are no longer with Harmonic) were filed
in or removed to the United States District Court (the
District Court) for the Northern District of
California. The actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between
January 19, 2000 and June 26, 2000. The complaint also
alleged claims on behalf of a purported subclass of persons who
purchased C-Cube securities between January 19, 2000 and
May 3, 2000. In addition to Harmonic and certain of its
officers and directors, the complaint also named
C-Cube
Microsystems Inc. and several of its officers and directors as
defendants. The complaint alleged that, by making false or
misleading statements regarding Harmonics prospects and
customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain defendants
violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The complaint also
alleged that certain defendants violated section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, by filing a false
or misleading registration statement, prospectus, and joint
proxy in connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions at the District Court
and at the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit,
a significant number of the claims alleged in the
plaintiffs amended complaint were dismissed, including all
claims against C-Cube and its officers and directors. However,
certain of the plaintiffs claims survived dismissal. In January
2007, the District Court set a trial date for August 2008, and
also ordered the parties to participate in mediation.
A derivative action purporting to be on our behalf was filed in
the Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara against certain
current and former officers and directors on May 15, 2003.
It alleges facts similar to those alleged in the securities
class action and names us as a nominal defendant. The action
remains pending with no trial date set.
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, a tentative agreement was reached in March
2008 to resolve the securities class action lawsuit. If
finalized, the settlement would release Harmonic, its officers,
directors and insurance carriers from all claims brought in the
lawsuit by the plaintiffs against Harmonic or its officers and
directors, without any admission of fault on the part of
Harmonic or its officers and directors. This tentative agreement
remains subject to certain contingencies, including negotiation
and execution by the parties of a written settlement agreement,
funding by our insurance carriers, and approval by the District
Court.
Under the terms of the tentative agreement to settle the
securities class action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance
carriers will pay $15.0 million in consideration to the
plaintiffs in the securities class action. Of this amount,
Harmonic will pay $5.0 million, and Harmonics
insurance carriers, in addition to having funded most litigation
costs to date, will contribute the remaining $10.0 million
on behalf of the individual defendants. The plaintiffs
lawyers will apply for an award of fees and costs in an
unspecified amount to be paid from the $15.0 million in
consideration and subject to the approval of the District Court.
In addition, Harmonic estimates that it will pay approximately
$1.4 million in related fees and expenses in connection
with proceedings in the securities class action and derivative
lawsuits. Harmonic expects to pay its share of the settlement
promptly following preliminary approval of the settlement by the
District Court. Harmonic expects that preliminary approval will
occur during the second or third quarter of 2008. Based on the
conditions stated in SFAS 5, Accounting for
Contingencies, that the liability had been incurred as of
December 31, 2007 and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated, the Company recorded a provision of $6.4 million
in its selling, general and administrative expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2007.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. At this
time, we are unable to determine whether we will be able to
settle this litigation on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we
predict the impact of an adverse outcome of this litigation if
we elect to defend against it. No estimate can be made of the
possible range of loss associated with the resolution of this
93
contingency and accordingly, we have not recorded a liability
associated with the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an
unfavorable verdict in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Item 9. Changes
in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
EVALUATION OF
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as
such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and
evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter
how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable,
not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure
controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing
disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily
was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and
procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures
also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that
any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions.
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective.
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
Our managements report on our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) and the related attestation
report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are
included on pages 58 and 60 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and are incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in
Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
There was no change in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
Other Information
None.
94
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act
Form 10-K,
and the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 2008 Proxy Statement), not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and certain information included in the 2008 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 10. Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information concerning our directors required by this item will
be set forth in the 2008 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
item is included in Part I, Item 1 hereof under the
caption, Executive Officers of Registrant.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2008 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2008 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code) which applies to its Chief Executive Officer,
its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Controller and other
senior operational and financial management. The Code is
available on the Companys website at
www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at
the address specified above, and to the extent required by the
listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market, by filing a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
Item 11. Executive
Compensation
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2008 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2008 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2008 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
95
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required for this item will be set forth in the
2008 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
(1)
|
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8 on page 58 of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
|
|
(2)
|
Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement
schedules have been omitted because the information is not
required to be set forth herein, is not applicable or is
included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
|
|
(3)
|
Exhibits. The documents listed in the Exhibit Index
of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
in each case as indicated therein.
|
96
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant, Harmonic
Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on
March 17, 2008.
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ PATRICK J. HARSHMAN
|
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
(Patrick
J. Harshman)
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBIN
N. DICKSON
(Robin
N. Dickson)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ANTHONY
J. LEY
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ HAROLD
L. COVERT
(Harold
L. Covert)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
GALLAGHER
(Patrick
Gallagher)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E.
FLOYD KVAMME
(E.
Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM
REDDERSEN
(William
Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEWIS
SOLOMON
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
VAN VALKENBURG
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 17, 2008
|
97
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith, or if
marked with a (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),
(ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii),
(xviii), (xix) and are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.1(iii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among
C-Cube Microsystems, Inc. and the Registrant dated
October 27, 1999
|
|
3
|
.1(vi)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant as amended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant
|
|
4
|
.1(i)
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2(vii)
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement dated July 24, 2002
between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC
|
|
4
|
.3(vii)
|
|
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges
of Series A Participating in Preferred Stock of Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.4(i)
|
|
Registration and Participation Rights and Modification Agreement
dated as of July 22, 1994 among Registrant and certain
holders of Registrants Common Stock
|
|
10
|
.1(i)*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2(i)*
|
|
1995 Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3(i)*
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and form of Director Option
Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.4(ii)
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial Security Agreement and
Promissory Note dated August 26, 1993, as amended on
September 14, 1995, between Registrant and Silicon Valley
Bank
|
|
10
|
.5(ii)
|
|
Facility lease dated as of January 12, 1996 by and between
Eastrich No. 137 Corporation and Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.6(ix)*
|
|
Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement between Registrant
and certain executive officers of Registrant
|
|
10
|
.7(iv)*
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.8(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for
603-611
Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.9(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.10(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.11(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12(iv)
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease Agreement for 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.13(viii)*
|
|
2002 Director Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.14(viii)*
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.15(v)
|
|
Supply License and Development Agreement, dated as of
October 27, 1999, by and between C-Cube Microsystems and
Harmonic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.16(x)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc., as Borrower, and Silicon
Valley Bank, as Lender, dated as of December 16, 2005
|
|
10
|
.17(xi)
|
|
Transition Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc. and Anthony
Ley, effective May 5, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.18(xvi)
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Patrick Harshman, effective May 30, 2006
|
|
10
|
.19(xiii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Harmonic Inc.,
Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone Technologies, Inc.,
Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK) Limited, Jim Jones, as
stockholders representative, and U.S. Bank, National
Association, as escrow agent, dated as of August 21, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.20(xiv)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among
Harmonic Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone
Technologies, Inc., Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK)
Limited, Jim Jones, as stockholders representative, and
U.S. Bank, National Association, as escrow agent, dated
August 21, 2006
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
December 17, 2004, by and between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon
Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.22(xv)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2006, by and
between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.23(xvi)
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 21, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.24(xvii)
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Charles Bonasera, effective April 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.25(xvii)
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Neven Haltmayer, effective April 19, 2007
|
|
10
|
.26(xviii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Rhozet Corporation,
Dusseldorf Acquisition Corporation, Harmonic Inc. and David
Trescot, as shareholder representative, dated July 25, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.27(xix)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co
|
|
10
|
.28(xx)
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated October 1, 2007,
between Harmonic and Matthew Aden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory
plan or arrangement relating to executive officers or directors
of the Company.
(i) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
No. 33-90752.
(ii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
(iii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on Form
8-K dated
November 1, 1999.
(iv) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Amendment to its Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000.
(v) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
No. 333-33148.
(vi) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001.
(vii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 25, 2002.
(viii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(ix) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003.
(x) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 22, 2005.
(xi) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 11, 2006.
(xii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 31, 2006.
(xiii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 25, 2006.
(xiv) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006.
(xv) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 21, 2006.
(xvi) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated March 22, 2007.
(xvii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 25, 2007.
(xviii) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 29, 2007.
(xix) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 2007.
(xx) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 13, 2007.
99
exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
HARMONIC INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 OTHER OFFICES |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS |
|
|
1 |
|
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING |
|
|
1 |
|
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING |
|
|
1 |
|
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS |
|
|
1 |
|
2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES AND STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS |
|
|
2 |
|
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE |
|
|
3 |
|
2.7 QUORUM |
|
|
3 |
|
2.8 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE |
|
|
4 |
|
2.9 VOTING |
|
|
4 |
|
2.10
VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT |
|
|
4 |
|
2.11
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING |
|
|
5 |
|
2.12
RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING |
|
|
5 |
|
2.13
PROXIES |
|
|
5 |
|
2.14
ORGANIZATION |
|
|
6 |
|
2.15
LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE |
|
|
6 |
|
2.16
INSPECTORS OF ELECTION |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 POWERS |
|
|
7 |
|
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
7 |
|
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
7 |
|
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES |
|
|
7 |
|
3.5 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE |
|
|
8 |
|
3.7 FIRST MEETINGS |
|
|
8 |
|
3.8 REGULAR MEETINGS |
|
|
9 |
|
3.9 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE |
|
|
9 |
|
3.10
QUORUM |
|
|
9 |
|
3.11
WAIVER OF NOTICE |
|
|
9 |
|
3.12
ADJOURNMENT |
|
|
9 |
|
3.13
NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT |
|
|
9 |
|
3.14
BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING |
|
|
10 |
|
3.15
FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
10 |
|
3.16
APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS |
|
|
10 |
|
3.17
SOLE DIRECTOR PROVIDED BY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
10 |
|
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES |
|
|
11 |
|
4.3
COMMITTEE MINUTES |
|
|
11 |
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V OFFICERS |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 OFFICERS |
|
|
11 |
|
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS |
|
|
11 |
|
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS |
|
|
12 |
|
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS |
|
|
12 |
|
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES |
|
|
12 |
|
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD |
|
|
12 |
|
5.7 PRESIDENT |
|
|
12 |
|
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS |
|
|
13 |
|
5.9 SECRETARY |
|
|
13 |
|
5.10
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER |
|
|
13 |
|
5.11
ASSISTANT SECRETARY |
|
|
13 |
|
5.12
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS |
|
|
14 |
|
5.13
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
|
|
14 |
|
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS |
|
|
15 |
|
6.3 INSURANCE |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS |
|
|
15 |
|
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS |
|
|
15 |
|
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
16 |
|
7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS |
|
|
16 |
|
7.5 CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING |
|
|
16 |
|
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS |
|
|
16 |
|
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED |
|
|
16 |
|
8.4 STOCK CERTIFICATES; TRANSFER; PARTLY PAID SHARES |
|
|
17 |
|
8.5 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES |
|
|
17 |
|
8.6 LOST CERTIFICATES |
|
|
18 |
|
8.7 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS |
|
|
18 |
|
8.8 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI CUSTODIAN |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1
APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES |
|
|
19 |
|
11.2
DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN |
|
|
19 |
|
-ii-
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
HARMONIC INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE
The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or
places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware
designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders
meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated
by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders
shall be held on the first Tuesday in May in each year at 9:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on
a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding
full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may
be transacted.
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING
A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, the
chairman of the board of directors, or by the president, but such special meetings may not be
called by any other person or persons except as otherwise required by General Corporation Law of
Delaware or Section 3.4 herein. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of
stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS
All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with
Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of
the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called (no business other
than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present
for action by the stockholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of
any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.
Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the certificate
of incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by
resolution of the board of directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously
scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES AND STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS
(a) To be properly brought before an annual meeting or special meeting, nominations for the
election of directors or other business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (ii) otherwise properly
brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or (iii) otherwise
properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. Except as otherwise required by General
Corporation Law of Delaware or Section 3.4 herein, stockholders may not bring business before a
special meeting of stockholders.
(b) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation.
To be timely, a stockholders notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal
executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in
advance of the date specified in the corporations proxy statement released to stockholders in
connection with the previous years annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the
event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has
been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous
years proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received a reasonable
time before the solicitation is made. A stockholders notice to the Secretary shall set forth as
to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description
of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such
business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporations
books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the
corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the
stockholder in such business and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the
stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy
statement and form of proxy for a stockholders meeting, stockholders must provide notice as
required by the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and must otherwise comply with the
Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to such stockholder proposal.
Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any
annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. The
chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting
that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 2.5, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such
business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to
the board of directors of the corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders by or at
the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote
in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in
this paragraph (c). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of
directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 2.5. Nominations of persons for
election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a special meeting of
stockholders by a stockholder (if the business to be conducted at
-2-
such meeting, as specified in the notice described in Section 2.4(i), includes the election of
directors) if the notice required by this paragraph (c) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the
corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to
such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is
first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of
directors to be elected at such meeting. For the purposes of this Section 2.5, and Section 2.8
herein, a public announcement shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones
News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly
filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A stockholders notice
delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age,
business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment
of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned
by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and
each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the
nominations are to be made by the stockholder and (E) any other information relating to such person
that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is
otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including
without limitation such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as
a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice,
the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.5. At the
request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director
shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the
stockholders notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. Stockholders nominating
directors under 2.5(c) must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and
the regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to such nominations. No person shall be
eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts
warrants, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with
the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at
the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either personally or by
first-class mail or by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices not personally
delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the stockholder at the address of
that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the stockholder to the
corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written
communication. If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the address of that stockholder
appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States
Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the
notice to the stockholder at that address, then all future notices or reports shall be deemed to
have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the stockholder on
written demand of the stockholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period
of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.
An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders meeting,
executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the
notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.
2.7 QUORUM
The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum
at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or
(ii) the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting in
accordance with Section 2.8 of these bylaws.
-3-
When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock
having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought
before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the laws of the
State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is
required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the
question.
If a quorum be initially present, the stockholders may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if
any action taken is approved by a majority of the stockholders initially constituting the quorum.
2.8 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
Any stockholders meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be
adjourned from time to time by (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders by the vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at that meeting and entitled to vote
thereat, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be
transacted at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.7 of these bylaws.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, unless these bylaws otherwise require,
notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at
the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. In no event shall the public announcement of an
adjournment of a stockholders meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders
notice as described in Section 2.5(b) or 2.5(c) herein. At the adjourned meeting the corporation
may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the
adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.9 VOTING
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of
Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of
fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners, and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).
Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each
stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
Any stockholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the
proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of
directors, may vote them against the proposal; but, if the stockholder fails to specify the number
of shares which the stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the
stockholders approving vote is with respect to all shares which the stockholder is entitled to
vote.
2.10 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT
The transactions of any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, however called and
noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either
before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by
proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval
of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the
business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of stockholders. All
such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of
the minutes of the meeting.
Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence
at that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction
of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is
not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of
-4-
matters required by law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if
that objection is expressly made at the meeting.
2.11 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents
in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Such
consents shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to it registered office in the state of
Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a
corporations registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested.
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
thereat or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which shall not be more than sixty
(60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, and in such event only
stockholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any
transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:
(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting
of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on
which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and
(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to give consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the board is required, shall be the day
on which the first written consent is delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 2.3(b) of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (ii) when prior action by the board is required, shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that
action.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a
new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board of directors shall fix a new record date
if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original
meeting.
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.
2.13 PROXIES
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to
do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person
and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon
after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall
be deemed signed if the stockholders name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature,
typewriting, telegraphic transmission, telefacsimile or otherwise) by the stockholder or the
stockholders attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is
irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
-5-
2.14 ORGANIZATION
The president, or in the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, shall call the
meeting of the stockholders to order, and shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of
the president, the chairman of the board, and all of the vice presidents, the stockholders shall
appoint a chairman for such meeting. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine
the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such matters as the regulation
of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The secretary of the corporation shall act as
secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but in the absence of the secretary at any meeting
of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.
2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at
least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a
place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice
of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list
shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof,
and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.16 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors may appoint an inspector or
inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so
appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any stockholder or a
stockholders proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting.
The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a
meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more stockholders or proxies, then the holders of a
majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three
(3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails
or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or
a stockholders proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.
Such inspectors shall:
(a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of
shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and
effect of proxies;
(b) receive votes, ballots or consents;
(c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the
right to vote;
(d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;
(e) determine when the polls shall close;
(f) determine the result; and
(g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
stockholders.
-6-
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any limitations in
the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the
stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be
managed and shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors. In addition to
the powers and authorities these bylaws expressly confer upon them, the board of directors may
exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by
the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors shall consist of eight (8) members. The number of directors may be
changed by an amendment to this bylaw, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the
stockholders, or by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation. No reduction of
the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that
directors term of office expires. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at
an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the
stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual
meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a
director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term
for which elected and until such directors successor has been elected and qualified or until such
directors earlier resignation or removal.
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the
president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for
that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future
time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes
effective.
Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the
removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which
a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required
quorum). Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the
stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:
(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized
number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class
may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a
sole remaining director.
(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to
elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and
newly created directorships of such
-7-
class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class
or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.
Any directors chosen pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall hold office for a term expiring at the
next annual meeting of stockholders and until such directors successor shall have been duly
elected and qualified.
If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have
no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee
or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person
or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of
Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then
in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to
any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or
stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to
fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the
directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of
Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.
3.5 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these
bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the
holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided,
however, that, if and so long as stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting,
if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the
votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an
election of the entire board of directors.
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the
State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the
absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of
the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the
State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the
notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.
Any meeting of the board, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar
communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one
another; and all such participating directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the
meeting.
3.7 FIRST MEETINGS
The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and
place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting. In the event of the
failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the
stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice
given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be
specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
-8-
3.8 REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time as shall
from time to time be determined by the board of directors. If any regular meeting day shall fall
on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next
succeeding full business day.
3.9 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any
time by the chairman of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the secretary or
any two directors.
The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix
the time and place of the meetings. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be
delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, courier service
or telegram, telecopy or other electronic or wireless means, charges prepaid, addressed to each
director at that directors address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the
notice is by mail, such notice shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days
before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is by courier service, telegram,
overnight mail, telecopy or other electronic or wireless means, such notice shall be deemed
adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the
time set for such meeting. If the notice is by telephone or by hand delivery, such notice shall be
deemed adequately delivered when the notice is given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the
time set for such meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated
either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not
specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal
executive office of the corporation.
3.10 QUORUM
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.12 of these bylaws. Every act or decision
done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the
certificate of incorporation and applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business
notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority
of the quorum for that meeting.
3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice,
whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior
thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such directors. All such waivers shall be
filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice
need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors.
3.12 ADJOURNMENT
A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any
meeting of the board to another time and place.
3.13 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting of the board need not be given
unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned
for more than twenty-four (24) hours,
-9-
then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned
meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.9 of these bylaws, to the directors who
were not present at the time of the adjournment.
3.14 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a
meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to
that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous
vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed
with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors.
3.15 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services
and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of
directors. This Section 3.15 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving
compensation for those services.
3.16 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any
officer or other employee of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries, including any officer or
employee who is a director of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment
of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the
corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be
unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without
limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing contained in this section
shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at
common law or under any statute.
3.17 SOLE DIRECTOR PROVIDED BY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
In the event only one director is required by these bylaws or the certificate of
incorporation, then any reference herein to notices, waivers, consents, meetings or other actions
by a majority or quorum of the directors shall be deemed to refer to such notice, waiver, etc., by
such sole director, who shall have all the rights and duties and shall be entitled to exercise all
of the powers and shall assume all the responsibilities otherwise herein described as given to the
board of directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of
directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve
at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the
committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a
majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board, but
no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation
(except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing
for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a)
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix the designations and any of the preferences or
rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of
the
-10-
corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other
class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the corporations property and assets, (iv) recommend to
the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or (v) amend the
bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws
or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or
authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance
with, the following provisions of Article III of these bylaws: Section 3.6 (place of meetings;
meetings by telephone), Section 3.8 (regular meetings), Section 3.9 (special meetings; notice),
Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice), Section 3.12 (adjournment), Section 3.13
(notice of adjournment) and Section 3.14 (board action by written consent without meeting), with
such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its
members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular
meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by
resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution
of the board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to
all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board
of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the
provisions of these bylaws.
4.3 COMMITTEE MINUTES
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of
directors when required.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
The Corporate Officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a chief
financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a
chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents (however denominated), one or more assistant
secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers and such other officers as may be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held
by the same person.
In addition to the Corporate Officers of the Company described above, there may also be such
Administrative Officers of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by
the president of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.12 of these bylaws.
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS
The Corporate Officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by
the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of
employment, and shall hold their respective offices for such terms as the board of directors may
from time to time determine.
-11-
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other
Corporate Officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office
for such period, have such power and authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these
bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
The president may from time to time designate and appoint Administrative Officers of the
corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.12 of these bylaws.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of a Corporate Officer under any contract of employment, any
Corporate Officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors at any
regular or special meeting of the board or, except in case of a Corporate Officer chosen by the
board of directors, by any Corporate Officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by
the board of directors.
Any Corporate Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time
specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to
the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the Corporate Officer is a
party.
Any Administrative Officer designated and appointed by the president may be removed, either
with or without cause, at any time by the president. Any Administrative Officer may resign at any
time by giving written notice to the president or to the secretary of the corporation.
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other
cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that
office.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at
meetings of the board of directors and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as
may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these
bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive
officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these
bylaws.
5.7 PRESIDENT
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the
chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive
officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He
or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a
chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He or she shall have the general
powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and
shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of
directors or these bylaws.
-12-
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS
In the absence or disability of the president, and if there is no chairman of the board, the
vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not
ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the
president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions
upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors,
these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.
5.9 SECRETARY
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the
corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all
meetings and actions of the board of directors, committees of directors and stockholders. The
minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special,
how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors meetings or
committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders meetings and the
proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the
corporation or at the office of the corporations transfer agent or registrar, as determined by
resolution of the board of directors, a share register or a duplicate share register, showing the
names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the
number and date of certificates evidencing such shares and the number and date of cancellation of
every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He or she shall keep the
seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of
the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains,
losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times
be open to inspection by any director for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a
director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the
credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors.
He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors,
shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or
her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and
shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of
directors or these bylaws.
5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY
The assistant secretary, if any, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in
the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the
order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to
time prescribe.
-13-
5.12 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
In addition to the Corporate Officers of the corporation as provided in Section 5.1 of these
bylaws and such subordinate Corporate Officers as may be appointed in accordance with Section 5.3
of these bylaws, there may also be such Administrative Officers of the corporation as may be
designated and appointed from time to time by the president of the corporation. Administrative
Officers shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be determined by
the president or the board of directors in order to assist the Corporate Officers in the
furtherance of their duties. In the performance of such duties and the exercise of such powers,
however, such Administrative Officers shall have limited authority to act on behalf of the
corporation as the board of directors shall establish, including but not limited to limitations on
the dollar amount and on the scope of agreements or commitments that may be made by such
Administrative Officers on behalf of the corporation, which limitations may not be exceeded by such
individuals or altered by the president without further approval by the board of directors.
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
In addition to the foregoing powers, authority and duties, all officers of the corporation
shall respectively have such authority and powers and perform such duties in the management of the
business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify any
person against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit, or proceeding in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation.
For purposes of this Section 6.1, a director or officer of the corporation shall mean any
person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at
the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which
was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such
predecessor corporation.
The corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer in connection with an
action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director or officer only if the
initiation of such action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) by the director or officer was
authorized by the board of Directors of the corporation.
The corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by a director or
officer of the corporation entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in this Section 6.1 in advance of its final disposition; provided, however,
that payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an
undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be
determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or
otherwise.
The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights
which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporations
certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of the stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise.
-14-
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring
prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the
General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, to
indemnify any person (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys
fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, in which such
person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person
is or was an employee or agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an employee
or agent of the corporation (other than a director or officer) shall mean any person (i) who is
or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor
corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation.
6.3 INSURANCE
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred
by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the
provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS
The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as
designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and
addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as
amended to date, accounting books and other records of its business and properties.
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand
under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to
inspect for any proper purpose the corporations stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its
other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a
purpose reasonably related to such persons interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an
attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath
shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or
other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the
corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
Any director shall have the right to examine the corporations stock ledger, a list of its
stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her
position as a director.
-15-
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS
The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the
stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the
business and condition of the corporation.
7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The chairman of the board, if any, the president, any vice president, the chief financial
officer, the secretary or any assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person
authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote,
represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of
the stock of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The
authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person
authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the
authority.
7.5 CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
The original or a copy of these bylaws, as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by
the secretary, shall be kept at the corporations principal executive office and shall be open to
inspection by the stockholders of the corporation, at all reasonable times during office hours.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty
(60) days before any such action. In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of
business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of
rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares
on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided by
law.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board
of directors adopts the applicable resolution.
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS
From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or
persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other
evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only
the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED
The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize and
empower any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such power and authority may be general
or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or
within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or
-16-
authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to
render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.4 STOCK CERTIFICATES; TRANSFER; PARTLY PAID SHARES
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of
directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or
all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not
apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the
corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every
holder of stock represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated
shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by,
the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by
the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such
corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be
such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by
the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar
at the date of issue.
Certificates for shares shall be of such form and device as the board of directors may
designate and shall state the name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its
number; date of issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; a summary statement or
reference to the powers, designations, preferences or other special rights of such stock and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, if any; a statement
or summary of liens, if any; a conspicuous notice of restrictions upon transfer or registration of
transfer, if any; a statement as to any applicable voting trust agreement; if the shares be
assessable, or, if assessments are collectible by personal action, a plain statement of such facts.
Upon surrender to the secretary or transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for
shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to
call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each
stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of
the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the
consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the
declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon
partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the
consideration actually paid thereon.
8.5 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series
of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent
such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set
forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each
stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
-17-
8.6 LOST CERTIFICATES
Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to
replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and
cancelled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or
certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of
replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board may
require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient
to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or
liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance
of the replacement certificate.
8.7 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS
The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or
more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company either domestic or
foreign, who shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the corporation may
necessitate and the board of directors may designate.
8.8 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and
definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these
bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, as used in these bylaws, the singular
number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term person includes
both an entity and a natural person.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the
stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of
incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that
such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power,
nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of bylaws with
the original bylaws, in the appropriate place. If any bylaw is repealed, the fact of repeal with
the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or the filing of the operative written
consent(s) shall be stated in said book.
ARTICLE X
DISSOLUTION
If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation
that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that
effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice
to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of
a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.
At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority
of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed
dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with
the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the
names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and
shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
Upon
-18-
such certificates becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.
Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in
person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders
shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with
Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consents becoming effective in
accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be
dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a
photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the
Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer
of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders
entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a
certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and
residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.
ARTICLE XI
CUSTODIAN
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES
The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to
be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation
when:
(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that
they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired
upon qualification of their successors; or
(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury
because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation
that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders
are unable to terminate this division; or
(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to
take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue
the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except
when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or
352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
Effective
September 28, 2007
-19-
exv10w21
Exhibit 10.21
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
by and between
Harmonic Inc., as Borrower
and
Silicon Valley Bank, as Lender
December 17, 2004
Table Of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS |
|
|
1 |
|
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT |
|
|
1 |
|
2.1 Promise to Pay |
|
|
1 |
|
2.1.1 Advances |
|
|
1 |
|
2.1.2 Letters of Credit |
|
|
2 |
|
2.2 Equipment Advances |
|
|
2 |
|
2.3 Overadvances |
|
|
3 |
|
2.4 Interest Rate, Payments |
|
|
3 |
|
2.5 Fees |
|
|
3 |
|
3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS |
|
|
4 |
|
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension |
|
|
4 |
|
3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions |
|
|
4 |
|
4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST |
|
|
4 |
|
4.1 Grant of Security Interest |
|
|
4 |
|
4.2 Authorization to File; Delivery of Additional Documentation |
|
|
4 |
|
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
4 |
|
5.1 Due Organization; Organizational Structure; Authorization |
|
|
5 |
|
5.2 Places of Business; Location of Collateral |
|
|
5 |
|
5.3 Collateral |
|
|
5 |
|
5.4 Litigation |
|
|
6 |
|
5.5 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements |
|
|
6 |
|
5.6 Taxes |
|
|
6 |
|
5.7 Solvency |
|
|
6 |
|
5.8 Existing Term Debt |
|
|
6 |
|
5.9 Regulatory Compliance |
|
|
6 |
|
5.10 Subsidiaries |
|
|
7 |
|
5.11 Full Disclosure |
|
|
7 |
|
6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
7 |
|
6.1 Government Compliance |
|
|
7 |
|
Table Of Contents
(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates |
|
|
7 |
|
6.3 Inventory; Returns |
|
|
8 |
|
6.4 Collateral |
|
|
8 |
|
6.5 Taxes; Pension Contributions |
|
|
9 |
|
6.6 Insurance |
|
|
9 |
|
6.7 Financial Covenant |
|
|
9 |
|
6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights |
|
|
10 |
|
6.9 Intentionally Omitted |
|
|
10 |
|
6.10 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
10 |
|
6.11 Primary Accounts |
|
|
11 |
|
6.12 Account Control Agreements |
|
|
11 |
|
6.13 Further Assurances |
|
|
11 |
|
7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
11 |
|
7.1 Dispositions |
|
|
11 |
|
7.2 Changes in Business, Ownership, or State of Incorporation |
|
|
11 |
|
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions |
|
|
11 |
|
7.4 Indebtedness |
|
|
12 |
|
7.5 Encumbrance |
|
|
12 |
|
7.6 Distributions; Investments |
|
|
12 |
|
7.7 Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
12 |
|
7.8 Subordinated Debt |
|
|
12 |
|
7.9 Compliance |
|
|
12 |
|
8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
|
|
13 |
|
8.1 Payment Default |
|
|
13 |
|
8.2 Covenant Default |
|
|
13 |
|
8.3 Material Adverse Change |
|
|
13 |
|
8.4 Attachment |
|
|
13 |
|
8.5 Insolvency |
|
|
13 |
|
8.6 Other Agreements |
|
|
13 |
|
8.7 Judgments |
|
|
14 |
|
ii.
Table Of Contents
(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.8 Misrepresentations |
|
|
14 |
|
9. BANKS RIGHTS AND REMEDIES |
|
|
14 |
|
9.1 Rights and Remedies |
|
|
14 |
|
9.2 Power of Attorney |
|
|
15 |
|
9.3 Accounts Collection |
|
|
15 |
|
9.4 Bank Expenses |
|
|
15 |
|
9.5 Banks Liability for Collateral |
|
|
15 |
|
9.6 Remedies Cumulative |
|
|
15 |
|
9.7 Demand Waiver |
|
|
16 |
|
10. NOTICES |
|
|
16 |
|
11. CHOICE OF LAW , VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER |
|
|
16 |
|
12. GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
16 |
|
12.1 Successors and Assigns |
|
|
16 |
|
12.2 Indemnification |
|
|
16 |
|
12.3 Time of Essence |
|
|
17 |
|
12.4 Severability of Provisions |
|
|
17 |
|
12.5 Amendments in Writing; Integration |
|
|
17 |
|
12.6 Counterparts |
|
|
17 |
|
12.7 Survival |
|
|
17 |
|
12.8 Confidentiality |
|
|
17 |
|
12.9 Attorneys Fees, Costs and Expenses |
|
|
18 |
|
13. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
18 |
|
iii.
This Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as amended,
restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement), dated as of December
17, 2004, is by and between Silicon Valley Bank (Bank), whose address is 3003 Tasman
Drive, Santa Clara, California, 95054, and Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation
(Borrower), whose address is 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and provides the terms
on which Bank will lend to Borrower and Borrower will repay Bank. This Agreement amends and
restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
December 19, 2003. The parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions; Accounting and Other Terms
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in Section 13 of
this Agreement. Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement will be construed according to
GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. The term financial
statements includes the notes and schedules thereto. The terms including and includes always
mean including (or includes) without limitation, in this or any other Loan Document.
2. Loan And Terms Of Payment
2.1 Promise to Pay.
Borrower promises to pay Bank the unpaid principal amount of all Advances and interest on the
unpaid principal amount of the Advances.
2.1.1 Advances.
(a) Bank will make Advances not exceeding the Committed Revolving Line minus (a) the
outstanding principal balance of the Advances minus (b) the amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit). Amounts borrowed hereunder
that remain available for borrowing under this Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed prior to the
Maturity Date.
(b) To obtain an Advance, Borrower must notify Bank by facsimile or telephone by 12:00 noon
Pacific Time on the Business Day the Advance is to be made. Borrower must promptly confirm the
notification by delivering to Bank the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form attached as Exhibit
B (the Payment/Advance Form). Bank will credit Advances to Borrowers deposit account. Bank
may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or
her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have
become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a
Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such
reliance.
(c) The Committed Revolving Line shall terminate on the Maturity Date, and all Advances are
immediately due and payable on the Maturity Date.
2.1.2 Letters of Credit.
(a) Bank will issue or have issued standby Letters of Credit for Borrowers account not
exceeding the amount available under the Committed Revolving Line (each, a Letter of Credit).
Each Letter of Credit will have an expiry date of no later than 180 days after the Maturity Date,
but Borrowers reimbursement obligation will be secured by cash in an amount equal to 105% of the
face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due
in connection therewith on terms acceptable to Bank at any time after the Maturity Date if such
Maturity Date is not extended by Bank or if an Event of Default occurs and continues. Borrower
agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may
reasonably request.
(b) Prior to or simultaneously with the opening of each Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay
to Bank Banks customary fees (subject to negotiation) in connection with the opening of a letter
of credit (the Letter of Credit Fees). The Letter of Credit Fees shall be paid upon the opening
of each Letter of Credit and upon each anniversary thereof, if required. In addition, Borrower
shall pay to Bank, for its own account, any and all additional issuance, negotiation, processing,
transfer or other fees to the extent and as and when required by the provisions of any application
for Letters of Credit. All Letter of Credit Fees shall be part of the Obligations.
(c) If any Letter of Credit is drawn upon, such amount shall constitute an Advance but shall
be immediately due and payable. If such amount is not paid immediately, then the full amount
thereof shall accrue interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.4(a).
2.2 Equipment Advances.
(a) Through December 16, 2005 (the Equipment Availability End Date), Bank will make advances
(each, an Equipment Advance and, collectively, Equipment Advances) not exceeding the Committed
Equipment Line. The Equipment Advances may only be used to purchase or refinance Equipment within
90 days of the invoice date, or, in the case of the initial advance, purchased on or after
September 1, 2004.
(b) Interest accrues from the date of each Equipment Advance (each, an Equipment Advance
Funding Date) at the rate in Section 2.4(a). Each Equipment Advance is payable in 36 equal
monthly installments of principal, plus accrued interest, beginning on the first of the month
following the Equipment Advance Funding Date for such Equipment Advance and ending on the Equipment
Maturity Date for such Equipment Advance. Equipment Advances when repaid may not be reborrowed.
(c) To obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must provide notice in the form of a
Payment/Advance Form to Bank (the notice is irrevocable) by facsimile no later than 12:00 noon
Pacific Time one Business Day before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. The
Payment/Advance Form must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee and include a copy of the
invoice for the Equipment being financed.
(d) The outstanding principal amount of term loans previously advanced by Bank to Borrower
pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated
2
March 28, 2003, as amended by that Amendment to Loan Documents dated July 17, 2003, as further
amended by that certain Amendment to Loan Documents dated September 26, 2003, and Amended and
Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 19, 2003 are set forth on Schedule A
attached hereto (the Existing Equipment Debt). The Existing Equipment Debt shall, for all
purposes hereof, be Equipment Advances hereunder and be governed by all the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, except that the principal of said Existing Equipment Debt shall continue to be
payable as set forth on Schedule A.
2.3 Overadvances.
If, at any time, Borrowers Obligations hereunder exceed the Committed Revolving Line,
Borrower shall immediately pay Bank the excess.
2.4 Interest Rate, Payments.
(a) Advances. Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance thereof at a per
annum rate equal to the Prime Rate. Equipment Advances, including the Existing Equipment Debt,
accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to one-half
percentage point (0.50%) above the Prime Rate. After an Event of Default has occurred, Obligations
shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above the rate effective
immediately before the Event of Default. The interest rate increases or decreases when the Prime
Rate changes. Interest is computed on a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
(b) Payments. Interest due on the Advances and Equipment Advances is payable on the first of
each month. Bank may debit any of Borrowers deposit accounts, including account number
0341964970, for principal and interest payments owing or any amounts Borrower owes Bank. Bank will
notify Borrower when it debits Borrowers accounts. These debits are not a set-off. Payments
received after 12:00 noon Pacific Time are considered received at the opening of business on the
next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due
the next Business Day and additional fees or interest accrue.
2.5 Fees.
Borrower will pay:
(a) Loan Fee. Fully earned, non-refundable loan fees in the amount of $20,000 for the
Committed Revolving Line and in the amount of $4,800 for the Committed Equipment Line are due on or
before the Closing Date. If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of
$20,000,000 of unrestricted funds on deposit for 10 consecutive Business Days with SVB Asset
Management and/or SVB Securities, Borrower shall pay an additional $30,000 fee for the Committed
Revolving Line and an additional $7,200 fee for the Committed Equipment Line.
(b) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses)
incurred through the date of this Agreement are payable upon demand, and Bank Expenses incurred
after the date of this Agreement are payable within ten
3
(10) Business Days after delivery of invoice to Borrower.
3. Conditions Of Loans
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.
Banks obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent
that it receive the agreements, documents, and fees it requires.
3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.
Banks obligation to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is
subject to the following:
(a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form; and
(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 must be materially true on the date of the
Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Advance and no Event of Default may have
occurred and be continuing, or result from such Advance. Each Credit Extension is Borrowers
representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties of Section 5
remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that those representations and warranties
expressly referring to another date shall be true in all material respects as of such date only.
4. Creation Of Security Interest
4.1 Grant of Security Interest.
Borrower grants Bank a continuing security interest in all presently existing and later
acquired Collateral to secure all Obligations and performance of each of Borrowers duties under
the Loan Documents. Any security interest will be a first priority security interest in the
Collateral. If this Agreement is terminated, Banks lien and security interest in the Collateral
will continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity
obligations).
4.2 Authorization to File; Delivery of Additional Documentation.
Borrower authorizes Bank to file financing statements without notice to Borrower, with all
appropriate jurisdictions, as Bank deems appropriate, in order to perfect or protect Banks
security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, at the request of
Bank, all documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and
continue perfected Banks security interest in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all
of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.
5. Representations And Warranties
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
4
5.1 Due Organization; Organizational Structure; Authorization.
Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing and in good standing in its state of formation
and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good standing in, any state in which the
conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified, except where
the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
Borrower has not changed its state of formation or organizational structure or type or any
organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction of formation.
The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and
do not conflict with Borrowers formation documents, nor constitute an event of default under any
material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to
which or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material
Adverse Change.
5.2 Places of Business; Location of Collateral.
Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, the Equipment and Inventory is not in the
possession of any third party bailee (such as at a warehouse, but excluding Equipment or Inventory
in the possession of third parties for demonstration or evaluation purposes, or otherwise in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices). In the event that Borrower, after the
date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver the Collateral to such a bailee, then Borrower
may amend the Disclosure Letter so long as such new location is within the continental United
States.
5.3 Collateral.
(a) Borrower has rights in the Collateral and its Intellectual Property sufficient to grant a
security interest therein, free of Liens except Permitted Liens. All of Borrowers Deposit
Accounts and any existing commercial tort claims are described on the Disclosure Letter. The
Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations, and the service or property has been performed or
delivered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance
by the account debtor. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality,
free from material defects. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for
non-exclusive and exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business. Each issued
Patent owned by Borrower is valid and enforceable and no part of the Intellectual Property has been
judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of
the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party, except to the extent such claim
could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of the Equipment
financed by Bank now is or will be affixed to any real property in such a manner, or with such
intent, as to become a fixture.
(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments, and
other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct. All such invoices,
instruments, and other documents, and all of Borrowers Books are and shall be genuine and in all
respects are what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise
to each Account shall comply in all material respects with
5
all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. To the best of Borrowers
knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating
to all Accounts are and shall be genuine, and all such documents, instruments, and agreements are
and shall be legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.
5.4 Litigation.
Except as shown in the Disclosure Letter, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to
the knowledge of Borrowers Responsible Officers, threatened by or against Borrower or any
Subsidiary in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material
Adverse Change.
5.5 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements.
All consolidated financial statements for Borrower, and any Subsidiary, delivered to Bank
fairly present in all material respects Borrowers consolidated financial condition and Borrowers
consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrowers
consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted
to Bank.
5.6 Taxes.
As of the date hereof, and except as set forth on the Disclosure Letter, Borrower is unaware
of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrowers prior tax years which could result in
additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.
5.7 Solvency.
The fair salable value of Borrowers assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs)
exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; the Borrowers remaining assets after the transactions
contemplated herein are not unreasonably small in relation to its business; and Borrower is able to
pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
5.8 Existing Term Debt.
Schedule A accurately reflects the outstanding principal amount, payment amounts, and
maturity dates with respect to the Existing Equipment Debt.
5.9 Regulatory Compliance.
Borrower is not an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company
under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in
extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of
Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards
Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrowers or any Subsidiarys
properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrowers
knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or
6
transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each Subsidiary has
timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material
taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Borrower and
each Subsidiary has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations
or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to
continue its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.10 Subsidiaries.
Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for
Permitted Investments.
5.11 Full Disclosure.
No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or
written statement given to Bank (taken together with all such written certificates and written
statements to Bank) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading
(it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith
and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the
period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected and
forecasted results).
6. Affirmative Covenants
Borrower will do all of the following for so long as Bank has an obligation to lend, or there
are outstanding Obligations:
6.1 Government Compliance.
Subject to Section 7.3, Borrower will maintain its and all Subsidiaries legal existence and
good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in
which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on
Borrowers business or operations. Borrower will comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all
laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a
material adverse effect on Borrowers business or operations or would reasonably be expected to
cause a Material Adverse Change.
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.
(a) Borrower will deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than 45 days after
the last day of each quarter, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and
income statement covering Borrowers consolidated operations during the period certified by a
Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than
120 days after the last day of Borrowers fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating
financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion on the
financial statements from an independent certified public
7
accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) annual financial projections in form and
substance commensurate with those provided to Borrowers board of directors or utilized by
Borrowers executive management, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank; (iv) within 5 days of
filing, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrowers security holders
or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) (other than those reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K
(relating to certification) that are otherwise publicly available through the SECs EDGAR system);
(v) a prompt report of any claim, proceeding, litigation, or investigation in the future threatened
or instituted against Borrower which would reasonably be expected to result in damages to Borrower
of $500,000 or more, exclusive of litigation the potential liability in connection with which is
fully insured against; and (vi) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial
information Bank reasonably requests.
(b) Within 45 days after the last day of each quarter, Borrower will deliver to Bank with the
quarterly financial statements a Compliance Certificate.
(c) Borrower will allow Bank to audit Borrowers Collateral at Borrowers expense, and the
charge therefor shall be $750 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Banks
then current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event
Borrower and Bank schedule and audit more than 10 days in advance, and Borrower seeks to reschedule
the audit with less than 10 days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Banks
rights and remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a cancellation fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of
cancellation. The results of audits will be satisfactory to Bank, and audits will be conducted no
more often than once every year unless an Event of Default shall have occurred.
6.3 Inventory; Returns.
Borrower will keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects.
Returns and allowances between Borrower and its account debtors will follow Borrowers customary
practices as they exist at execution of this Agreement. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all
returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that occur after the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default.
6.4 Collateral.
(a) Borrower will give Bank at least 30 days prior written notice before opening any
additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Equipment
or Inventory (but excluding Equipment or Inventory in the possession of third parties for
documentation or evaluation purposes, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices) to a location other than Borrowers address set forth in the preamble hereof
or in the Disclosure Letter, except that Borrower may maintain sales offices in the ordinary course
of business at which not more than a total of $10,000 fair market value of Equipment is located.
8
(b) In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the date hereof have any commercial
tort claims against others, which it is asserting or intends to assert, and in which the likely
recovery exceeds $1,000,000, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank thereof in writing and provide
Bank with such information regarding the same as Bank shall request (unless providing such
information would waive Borrowers attorney-client privilege). Such notification to Bank shall
constitute a grant of a security interest in the commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to
Bank, and Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as Bank
shall request in connection therewith.
6.5 Taxes; Pension Contributions.
Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment of all material federal,
state, and local taxes or assessments and will deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates
attesting to the payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may defer payment of any
contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligations to pay the taxes
by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in
writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, any such proceedings involving
more than $500,000, and (c) posts bonds or takes other steps required to keep the contested taxes
from becoming a lien upon any of the Collateral. Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all
amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing, and deferred compensation
plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation
in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with
respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of
Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or
any other governmental agency.
6.6 Insurance.
Borrower will keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard
for Borrowers industry, and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies will be in a form,
with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in Banks reasonable discretion. All
property policies will have a lenders loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss
payee and all liability policies will show the Bank as an additional insured and provide that the
insurer must give Bank at least 20 days notice before canceling its policy. At Banks request,
Borrower will deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds
payable under any policy will, at Banks option if an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Bank shall release to Borrower, so
long as no Event of Default is reasonably likely to occur as a result of such release by Bank,
insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment which proceeds shall be utilized by Borrower for the
replacement of the Equipment with respect to which the insurance proceeds were paid. Bank may
require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds were utilized by Borrower for such
purpose.
6.7 Financial Covenant.
At all times, Borrower shall have unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (net of Credit
Extensions) of no less than $50,000,000.
9
6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.
Borrower will (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the
Intellectual Property and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements, (b) not allow
any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated
to the public without Banks written consent, (c) concurrently with the filing of any Patent or
Trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, any Copyright with the United States
Copyright Office, or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision
thereof, by either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, promptly inform
Bank (if any such additional Patents, Trademarks, and/or Copyrights are not otherwise disclosed in
Borrowers public filings with the SEC), and, upon request of Bank, execute and deliver any and all
agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as Bank may request to evidence Banks security
interest in such Copyright, Patent or Trademark, including, with respect to Trademarks, the
goodwill of Borrower, relating thereto or represented thereby.
6.9 Intentionally Omitted.
Intentionally Omitted.
6.10 Use of Proceeds.
Borrower shall use the Advances (including Advances constituting Letters of Credit) only for
its general working capital requirements. Borrower shall use the Equipment Advances only to
purchase Equipment.
10
6.11 Primary Accounts.
Borrower shall maintain its primary operating accounts with Bank.
6.12 Account Control Agreements.
Borrower shall provide five (5) Business Days written notice to Bank before establishing any
new deposit account or securities account and shall deliver to Bank a Control Agreement within 30
days after the opening any such account.
6.13 Further Assurances.
Borrower will execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably
requests to perfect or continue Banks security interest in the Collateral or to effect the
purposes of this Agreement.
7. Negative Covenants
Borrower will not do any of the following without Banks prior written consent for so long as
Bank has an obligation to lend or there are any outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate
indemnity obligations):
7.1 Dispositions.
Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively Transfer), or permit any
of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers
of (a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) non-exclusive licenses and exclusive
licenses limited to a geographic range or field of use and similar arrangements (such as source
code escrow arrangements) for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business; (c) worn-out, surplus, or obsolete Equipment in good faith in an
arms-length transaction; (d) Accounts where Adelphia Communications and/or its Subsidiaries are
the account debtor(s) and claims in the bankruptcy proceedings of Adelphia Communications and/or
its Subsidiaries related to such Accounts, such Accounts and claims in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $3,000,000, to Satellite Asset Management or to such other purchaser in good faith in an
arms-length transaction; or (e) cash or cash equivalents so long as Borrower is in compliance with
Section 6.7.
7.2 Changes in Business, Ownership, or State of Incorporation.
Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the
businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a Change in
Control. Borrower will not, without at least 30 days prior written notice to Bank, change its
state of incorporation.
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.
Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any
other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of
the
11
capital stock or property of another Person, except where (a) no Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement, (b) Borrower
is the sole surviving entity, and (c) such transactions do not result in a decrease of more than
25% of Tangible Net Worth.
7.4 Indebtedness.
Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so,
other than Permitted Indebtedness.
7.5 Encumbrance.
Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property (including its Intellectual Property),
or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts (except as
permitted by Section 7.1), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens,
or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted
hereunder.
7.6 Distributions; Investments.
Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other
than Permitted Investments or as permitted by Section 7.3, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do
so. Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any
distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock except for (a) repurchases
of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase
agreements, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after
giving effect to the repurchases, and (b) the conversion of any convertible securities into other
securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefore,
and payments in cash for any fractional shares of such convertible securities.
7.7 Transactions with Affiliates.
Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any
Affiliate of Borrower (other than Subsidiaries of Borrower) except for transactions that are in the
ordinary course of Borrowers business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable
to Borrower than would be obtained in an arms length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.
7.8 Subordinated Debt.
Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the
Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt without
Banks prior written consent.
7.9 Compliance.
Become an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company, under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to
purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Advance
12
for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable
Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal
Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business or operations or would
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do
so.
8. Events Of Default
Any one of the following is an Event of Default:
8.1 Payment Default.
If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations within three (3) Business Days of their due
date;
8.2 Covenant Default.
If Borrower does not perform any obligation in Section 6 or violates any covenant in Section
7;
8.3 Material Adverse Change.
If there (a) occurs a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (b) is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment
of any portion of the Obligations or (c) is a material impairment of the value or priority of
Banks security interests in the Collateral;
8.4 Attachment.
If any material portion of Borrowers assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into
possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in 10 days,
or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part
of its business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on a material portion of Borrowers
assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrowers assets by
any government agency and not paid within 10 days after Borrower receives notice. These are not
Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower (but no Advances
will be made during the cure period);
8.5 Insolvency.
If Borrower becomes insolvent or if Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding or an Insolvency
Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (but no Advances
will be made before any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
8.6 Other Agreements.
If there is a default in any agreement between Borrower or a third party that gives the
13
third party the right to accelerate an Indebtedness exceeding $1,000,000 or that could cause
or result in a Material Adverse Change;
8.7 Judgments.
If money judgments in excess of $1,000,000 are rendered against Borrower and unsatisfied and
unstayed for 10 days (but no Advances will be made before the judgment is stayed or satisfied);
8.8 Misrepresentations.
If Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any material misrepresentation or material
misstatement now or later in any warranty or representation in this Agreement or in any writing
delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document; or
9. Banks Rights And Remedies
9.1 Rights and Remedies.
When an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or
all of the following:
(a) Declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described
in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b) Stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers benefit under this Agreement or
under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, on terms
and in any order that Bank considers advisable;
(d) Make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect its
security interest in the Collateral. Borrower will assemble the Collateral if Bank requires and
make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located,
take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or
compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all
expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without
charge, to exercise any of Banks rights or remedies;
(e) Apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any
amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for
sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other
right to use, without charge, Borrowers labels, Patents, Copyrights, Mask Works, rights of use of
any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any
similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing
14
production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Banks
exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrowers rights under all licenses and all franchise
agreements inure to Banks benefit; and
(g) Dispose of the Collateral according to the Code.
9.2 Power of Attorney.
Effective only when an Event of Default occurs and continues, Borrower irrevocably appoints
Bank as its lawful attorney to: (a) endorse Borrowers name on any checks or other forms of
payment or security; (b) sign Borrowers name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or
drafts against account debtors, (c) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrowers insurance
policies; (d) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with account
debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; and (e) transfer the Collateral into
the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Bank may exercise the power of attorney to
sign Borrowers name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any
security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Banks appointment as
Borrowers attorney in fact, and all of Banks rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are
irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Banks obligation to
provide Credit Extensions terminates.
9.3 Accounts Collection.
When an Event of Default occurs and continues, (a) Bank may notify any Person owing Borrower
money of Banks security interest in the funds and verify the amount of the Account, and (b)
Borrower must collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver
the payments to Bank in the form received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for
deposit.
9.4 Bank Expenses.
If Borrower fails to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons,
Bank may make all or part of the payment or obtain insurance policies required in Section 6.6, and
take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent. Any amounts paid by Bank are Bank Expenses
and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then applicable rate and secured by the
Collateral. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or
Banks waiver of any Event of Default.
9.5 Banks Liability for Collateral.
If Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and the Code, it is not liable for: (a) the
safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the
value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other
person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
9.6 Remedies Cumulative.
Banks rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other
15
agreements are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law,
or in equity. Banks exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Banks waiver of any
Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Banks delay is not a waiver, election, or
acquiescence. No waiver is effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the
specific instance and purpose for which it was given.
9.7 Demand Waiver.
Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment,
notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or
renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which
Borrower is liable.
10. Notices
All notices or demands by any party about this Agreement or any other related agreement must
be in writing and be personally delivered or sent by an overnight delivery service, by certified
mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to the addresses set forth at the
beginning of this Agreement. A party may change its notice address by giving the other party
written notice.
11. Choice Of Law , Venue And Jury Trial Waiver
California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in
Santa Clara County, California.
BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING
OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH
OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO
THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
12. General Provisions
12.1 Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each
party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights under it without Banks prior written
consent which may be granted or withheld in Banks discretion. Bank has the right, without the
consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or
any part of, or any interest in, Banks obligations, rights and benefits under this Agreement.
12.2 Indemnification.
Borrower will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees,
16
and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities asserted by any
other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all
losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions
between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except with respect
to (a) and (b) above, for obligations, demands, claims, liabilities or losses caused by Banks
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
12.3 Time of Essence.
Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations in this Agreement.
12.4 Severability of Provisions.
Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the
enforceability of any provision.
12.5 Amendments in Writing; Integration.
All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Borrower and Bank. This
Agreement represents the entire agreement about this subject matter, and supersedes prior
negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and
negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this
Agreement and the Loan Documents.
12.6 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on
separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken
together, constitute one Agreement.
12.7 Survival.
All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force
while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower in Section 12.2 to
indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of limitations for actions that may be brought
against Bank have run.
12.8 Confidentiality.
In handling any confidential information, Bank will exercise the same degree of care that it
exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (a) to
Banks subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower, (b) to
prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the loans (provided, however, Bank shall
use commercially reasonable efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee or purchasers
agreement of the terms of this provision), (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other
order, (d) as required in connection with Banks examination or audit, and (e) as Bank considers
appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information includes
information that is not either: (x) in the public domain or already in Banks possession before
17
disclosed to Bank by Borrower, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank;
or (y) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited
from disclosing the information.
12.9 Attorneys Fees, Costs and Expenses.
In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of the Loan Documents, the
prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and other reasonable
costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
13. Definitions
In this Agreement:
Accounts are all existing and later arising accounts, contract rights, and other obligations
owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of goods (including licensing software and other
technology) or provision of services, all credit insurance, guaranties, other security and all
merchandise returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrowers Books relating to any of the
foregoing.
Advance or Advances is a loan advance (or advances) under the Committed Revolving Line,
including Advances used to issue or fund Letters of Credit.
Affiliate of a Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person,
any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each
of that Persons senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a
limited liability company, that Persons managers and members.
Bank Expenses are all audit fees and expenses and reasonable costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and
enforcing the Loan Documents (including appeals or Insolvency Proceedings).
Borrowers Books are all Borrowers books and records including ledgers, records regarding
Borrowers assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition and
all computer programs or discs or any equipment containing the information.
Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Bank is closed.
Change in Control is a transaction in which any person or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the beneficial owner
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a
sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily
entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such person or group to elect a
majority of the board of directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such
transaction.
18
Closing Date is the date of this Agreement.
Code is the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
Collateral is the property described on Exhibit A.
Committed Equipment Line is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances of up to the
aggregate principal amount of $2,400,000.00.
Committed Revolving Line is an Advance or Advances of up to the aggregate principal amount
of $10,000,000.
Compliance Certificate is a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in
substantially the same form of Exhibit C attached hereto.
Contingent Obligation is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or
not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation
of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted
or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable;
(b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all
obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or
collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against
fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but Contingent
Obligation does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a
Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the
Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability
for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the
obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.
Control Agreement is an account control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to
Bank, executed and delivered by Borrower, Bank and all applicable depositary institutions, with
respect to Borrowers deposit or operating accounts, or all applicable securities intermediaries,
with respect to Borrowers securities accounts.
Copyrights are all copyright rights, applications or registrations and like protections in
each work or authorship or derivative work, whether published or not (whether or not it is a trade
secret) now or later existing, created, acquired or held.
Credit Extension is each Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit, the Existing
Equipment Debt or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers benefit.
Deposit Accounts means all present and future deposit account as defined in the California
Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may
hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all general and special bank accounts, demand
accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit.
Equipment is all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture,
fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.
19
Equipment Advance is defined in Section 2.2(a).
Equipment Availability End Date is defined in Section 2.2(a).
Equipment Maturity Date is with respect to each Equipment Advance, the last day of the
Repayment Period for such Equipment Advance, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such
Equipment Advance by Bank following an Event of Default.
Existing Equipment Debt is defined in Section 2.2(d).
ERISA is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
Foreign Subsidiary is any Subsidiary of Borrower that is organized under the laws of any
jurisdiction outside of the United States.
GAAP is generally accepted accounting principles.
General Intangibles means all present and future general intangibles as defined in the
California Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as
may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all Intellectual Property, payment
intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer
lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other
deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently
or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort, or otherwise), insurance policies (including,
without limitation, key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of
insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
Guarantor is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations.
Indebtedness is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or
services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b)
obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease
obligations and (d) Contingent Obligations.
Insolvency Proceeding are proceedings by or against any Person under the United States
Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit
of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking
reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
Intellectual Property is:
(a) Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, and Mask Works including amendments, renewals,
extensions, and all licenses or other rights to use and all license fees and royalties from the
use;
(b) Any trade secrets and any intellectual property rights in computer software and computer
software products now or later existing, created, acquired or held; and
20
(c) All design rights which may be available to Borrower now or later created, acquired or
held.
Inventory is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including
merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and
finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of
every kind and description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or
constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or possession or in
transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from
the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title.
Investment is any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership interest or other
securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
Investment Property means all present and future investment property, securities, stocks,
bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests, limited liability company interests,
options, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and
all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, and all option and warrants to
purchase any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind, whether
certificated or uncertificated.
Letter of Credit is defined in Section 2.1.2.
Letter of Credit Fees is defined in Section 2.1.2.
Lien is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other
encumbrance.
Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed
by Borrower or Guarantor, any account control agreements, and any other present or future agreement
between Borrower or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended,
extended or restated.
Mask Works are all mask works or similar rights available for the protection of
semiconductor chips, now owned or later acquired.
Material Adverse Change is described in Section 8.3.
Maturity Date is December 16, 2005.
Obligations are debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes
Bank now or later, including cash management services, letters of credit and foreign exchange
contracts, if any and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts,
liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank.
Other Property means the following as defined in the California Uniform Commercial Code in
effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and all rights
relating thereto: all present and future commercial tort claims (including, without
21
limitation, any commercial tort claims identified pursuant to Sections 5.3 or 6.4(b)),
documents, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper, letters of credit,
letter-of-credit rights, fixtures, farm products, and money; and all other goods and
personal property of every kind, tangible and intangible, whether or not governed by the California
Uniform Commercial Code.
Patents are patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements,
divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
Permitted Indebtedness is:
(a) Borrowers Obligations;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Disclosure Letter;
(c) Subordinated Debt;
(d) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary of Borrower and of Subsidiaries to any other
Subsidiary or to Borrower;
(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Indebtedness to financial institutions other than Bank in connection with obligations from
any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or
other agreement or arrangement designated to protect Borrower against fluctuation in interest
rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices so long as such Indebtedness does not to exceed
$10,000,000;
(g) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;
(h) Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into
Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary as permitted hereby, provided that such Indebtedness is not
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person merging with and into the Borrower
or becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower; and
(i) Indebtedness with respect to surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds
incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices.
Permitted Investments are:
(a) Investments shown on the Disclosure Letter and existing on the Closing Date;
(b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United
States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within
22
one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than
one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2
from either Standard & Poors Corporation or Moodys Investors Service, Inc., (iii) certificates of
deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein issued by Bank, and
(iv) future Investments in similar types of Investments pursuant to Borrowers investment policy
(attached hereto as Schedule B) that has been formally adopted or otherwise approved by
Borrowers Board of Directors;
(c) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;
(d) Investments in connection with the acquisition of any part of the capital stock or
property of another Person so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result from such action during the term of this Agreement, (ii) Borrower is in compliance
with Section 7.3 hereof, and (iii) such transactions do not result in a decrease of more than 25%
Tangible Net Worth;
(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other
employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $1,000,000 and (ii)
non-cash loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of
Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or arrangements approved by Borrowers board of
directors;
(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or
reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other
disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable or, prepaid royalties and other credit
obligations to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business.
(h) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or
collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;
(i) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by
Borrower in Subsidiaries; and
(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrowers business
consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the
providing of technical support, provided that (i) any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed
$5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and (ii) Borrower remains in compliance with
Section 6.7 hereof.
Permitted Liens are:
(a) Liens existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Disclosure Letter or arising under
this Agreement or other Loan Documents;
23
(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not
delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on
its Books, if they have no priority over any of Banks security interests;
(c) Purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries
incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on equipment when
acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the
equipment;
(d) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an
Event of Default;
(e) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(f) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrowers
deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a first
priority perfected security interest in such accounts and in the amounts and securities held
therein;
(g) Liens in connection with surety or appeals bonds or letters of credit securing such bonds
or reimbursement obligations in connection with statutory obligations, bids, tenders, or otherwise
in the ordinary course of business provided all such Liens in the aggregate could not (even if
enforced) reasonably be likely cause or result in an Event of Default;
(h) Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers business, including in
connection with Borrowers leased premises or leased property;
(i) Additional Liens consented to in writing by Bank which consent may be withheld in Banks
good faith business judgment;
(j) Licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers business and any
interest or title of a licensor or under any license or sublicense;
(k) Other Liens not described above arising in the ordinary course of business and not having
or not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers and it Subsidiaries
business or operations taken as a whole or would reasonably be expected to cause or result in a
Material Adverse Change; and
(l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by
Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited
to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may
not increase.
Bank shall have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under clause (i) above,
that the holder of the additional Lien sign an intercreditor agreement, in favor of Bank in form
and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, to acknowledge that the holders Lien is
subordinate to the Lien in favor of Bank and agree not to take any action to enforce its
24
subordinate Lien so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower agree
that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate Lien shall also constitute an
Event of Default under this Agreement.
Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint
venture, company association, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,
institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government
agency.
Prime Rate is Banks most recently announced prime rate, even if it is not Banks lowest
rate, and, in any event, shall not be less than four percent (4.00%) per annum.
Repayment Period as to each Equipment Advance, is 36 months.
Responsible Officer is each of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.
Subordinated Debt is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrowers indebtedness owed
to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form acceptable to Bank and
approved by Bank in writing.
Subsidiary is for any Person, or any other business entity of which more than 50% of the
voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Person or one or more Affiliates of the Person.
Tangible Net Worth is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries minus, (i) any amounts attributable to (a) goodwill, (b) intangible items such
as unamortized debt discount and expense, Patents, trade and service marks and names, Copyrights
and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, and (c) reserves not already
deducted from assets, and (ii) Total Liabilities.
Total Liabilities is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as
liabilities on Borrowers consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness and the current
portion Subordinated Debt allowed to be paid, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.
Trademarks are trademark and servicemark rights, registered or not, applications to register
and registrations and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Assignor
connected with the trademarks.
Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.
[The signature page follows.]
25
In Witness Whereof, the parties have duly authorized and caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date first written above.
BORROWER:
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Robin N. Dickson |
|
Title: CFO |
|
|
|
|
|
BANK: |
|
|
|
|
|
Silicon Valley Bank |
|
By:
|
|
/s/Arman Zand |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Arman Zand |
|
Title: VP |
Disclosure Letter
See attached.
SCHEDULE A
Existing Equipment Debt
[To be inserted.]
SCHEDULE B
Cash Investment Policy
Exhibit A
The Collateral consists of all of Borrowers right, title and interest in and to the
following, whether now owned or hereafter existing:
all Accounts;
all Inventory;
all Equipment;
all Deposit Accounts;
all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, all Intellectual Property);
all Investment Property;
all Other Property;
and any and all claims, rights, and interests in any of the above, and all guaranties and
security for any of the above, and all substitutions and replacements for, additions, accessions,
attachments, accessories, and improvements to and proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance
policies, proceeds of proceeds and claims against third parties) of, any and all of the above; and
all Borrowers Books relating to the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the security interest granted herein shall not extend to and
the term Collateral shall not include (a) any license or contract rights to the extent (i) the
granting of a security interest in it would be contrary to applicable law, or (ii) that such rights
are nonassignable by their terms (but only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under
applicable law) without the consent of the licensor or other party (but only to the extent such
consent has not been obtained); (b) that portion (if any) of the capital stock (or other equity
interests) of such Foreign Subsidiary owned by Borrower that is in excess of 65% of the aggregate
issued and outstanding capital stock (or other equity interests) of such Foreign Subsidiary; and
(c) and any property that is subject to a Lien that is otherwise permitted pursuant to clause (c)
of the definition of Permitted Liens and Bank agrees to execute any instruments or documents
necessary to release its interest in such property and to effect the foregoing.
EXHIBIT B
LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM
DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 12:00 NOON PACIFIC TIME
¨ LOAN PAYMENT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From Account #
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Account # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name and Deposit Account #)
|
|
(Loan Account #) |
|
|
|
Principal $
|
|
and/or Interest $
|
Borrowers representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and
complete in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, but those representations and
warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material
respects as of such date.
|
|
|
Authorized Signature:
|
|
Phone Number: |
¨ LOAN ADVANCE:
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan
advance are for an outgoing wire.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From Account #
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Account # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loan Account #)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name and Deposit Account #) |
Amount of Advance $
Borrowers representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and
complete in all material respects on and as of the date of the requested Advance, but those
representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and
complete in all material respects as of such date.
|
|
|
Authorized Signature:
|
|
Phone Number: |
OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above are to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is 12:00 noon, Pacific Time
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficiary Name:
|
|
|
|
Amount of Wire: |
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficiary Bank:
|
|
|
|
Account Number: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
City and State: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:
|
|
Beneficiary Bank Code
(Swift, Short, Chip, etc.):
|
|
|
|
(For International
Wire Only) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intermediary Bank:
|
|
|
|
Transit (ABA) #: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Further Credit to: |
|
|
|
|
Special Instruction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be
processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s)
covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me
(us).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature:
|
|
|
|
2nd Signature (if required): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name/Title:
|
|
|
|
Print Name/Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone #
|
|
|
|
Telephone # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT C
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
|
|
|
TO: |
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95054 |
|
|
|
FROM: |
|
Harmonic Inc.
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 |
The undersigned authorized officer of Harmonic Inc. (Borrower) certifies that under
the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the
Agreement), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all
required covenants, except as noted below, and (ii) all representations and warranties in the
Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date. Attached are the required
documents supporting the certification. The undersigned officer certifies that such documents were
prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied
from one period to the next, except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The
undersigned officer acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of
determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that
compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.
|
|
|
|
|
Reporting Covenant |
|
Required |
|
Complies |
Quarterly financial statements + CC
|
|
Quarterly within 45 days
|
|
Yes No |
Annual financial statements (Audited)
|
|
FYE within 120 days
|
|
Yes No |
Collateral Audit
|
|
Annual
|
|
Yes No |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
Covenant |
|
Required |
|
|
Actual |
|
|
Complies |
|
Maintain at all times: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and
cash equivalents |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yes No |
Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.
Sincerely,
Harmonic Inc.
BANK USE ONLY
|
|
|
|
|
Received by: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Verified: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compliance Status: Yes No
CORPORATE BORROWING RESOLUTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
Bank:
|
|
Silicon Valley Bank |
|
|
549 Baltic Way
|
|
|
|
3003 Tasman Drive |
|
|
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
|
|
|
|
Santa Clara, CA 95054-1191 |
I, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Harmonic Inc. (Borrower), CERTIFY that Borrower is a
corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
I certify that at a meeting of Borrowers Directors (or by other authorized corporate action) duly
held the following resolutions were adopted.
It is resolved that any one of the following officers of Borrower, whose name, title and signature
is below:
|
|
|
|
|
NAMES |
|
POSITIONS |
|
ACTUAL SIGNATURES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
may act for Borrower and:
Borrow Money. Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (Bank).
Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.
Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrowers assets.
Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or
other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the
proceeds.
Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.
Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.
Issue Warrants. Issue warrants for Borrowers stock.
Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and
execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers
right to a jury trial) they think necessary to effectuate these Resolutions.
Further resolved that all acts authorized by these Resolutions and performed before they were
adopted are ratified. These Resolutions remain in effect and Bank may rely on them until Bank
receives written notice of their revocation.
I certify that the persons listed above are Borrowers officers with the titles and signatures
shown following their names and that these resolutions have not been modified are currently
effective.
CERTIFIED TO AND ATTESTED BY:
X
*Secretary or Assistant Secretary
X
*NOTE: In case the Secretary or other certifying officer is designated by the foregoing
resolutions as one of the signing officers, this resolution should also be signed by a second
Officer or Director of Borrower.
2
exv10w29
Exhibit
10.29
AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this
Amendment) is entered as of the
12th day of March, 2008, by and between Silicon Valley Bank
(Bank) and Harmonic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Borrower) whose address is 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California 94089.
Recitals
A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004, as amended by that certain First Amendment to
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 16, 2005, that certain
Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 15, 2006
and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement dated March 15, 2007 (as may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the
Loan Agreement).
B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.
C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date,
(ii) decrease the amount available to be borrowed under the Committed Revolving Line and (iii) make
certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.
D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the
extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the
representations and warranties set forth below.
Agreement
Now, Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to
be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have
the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.
2.1 Collateral. The Loan Agreement is hereby amended (i) by deleting Section 4.1 in
its entirety and replacing it with the words 4.1 [Reserved], (ii) by deleting Exhibit A and
replacing it with the words Exhibit A [Reserved] and (iii) by making conforming changes
throughout the Loan Agreement to remove any references to Collateral wherever they appear
therein, except that the obligation to cash collateralize Letters of Credit under Sections 2.1.2 or
9.1 of the Loan Agreement shall remain in effect.
2.2 Section 2.1.1 (Advances). Section 2.1.1(a) is amended in its entirety and
replaced by the following:
(a) Bank will make Advances not exceeding the Committed Revolving Line minus (i) the amount of
all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an
amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (ii) the FX Reserve, minus (iii) any amounts
used for Cash Management Services, and minus (iv) the outstanding principal balance of any
Advances.
2.3 Section 2.1.2 (Letters of Credit). Section 2.1.2(a) is amended and restated in
its entirety and replaced with the following:
(a) Bank will issue or have issued standby Letters of Credit for Borrowers account in an
aggregate amount not to exceed [(x)] $10,000,000 [minus (y) the FX Reserve minus (z) any amounts
used for Cash Management Services] (each, a Letter of Credit). Each Letter of Credit will have
an expiry date of no later than 180 days after the Maturity Date, but Borrowers reimbursement
obligation will be secured by cash in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of all such
Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith
on terms acceptable to Bank at any time after the Maturity Date if such Maturity Date is not
extended by Bank or if an Event of Default occurs and continues. Borrower agrees to execute any
further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request.
2.4 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. A new Section 2.1.2 is added as follows:
2.1.2 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. As part of the Committed Revolving Line, Borrower may enter
into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to
Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a FX Forward Contract) on a specified date (the
Settlement Date). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least [one (1)] FX
Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each
outstanding FX Forward Contract in a maximum aggregate amount equal to [One Million Dollars
($1,000,000)] (the FX Reserve). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may
not exceed ten (10) times the amount of the FX Reserve. The amount otherwise available for Credit
Extensions under the Committed Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent
(10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the FX Reduction Amount). Any amounts needed to
fully reimburse Bank will be treated as Advances under the Committed Revolving Line and will accrue
interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.
2.5 Cash Management Services Sublimit. A new Section 2.1.3 is added as follows:
2.1.3 Cash Management Services Sublimit. Borrower may use up to [Ten Million Dollars
($10,000,000)] of the Committed Revolving Line for Banks cash management services which may
include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing
services identified in Banks various cash management services agreements (collectively, the Cash
Management Services). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management
Services will be treated as Advances under the Committed Revolving Line and will accrue interest at
the interest rate applicable to Advances.
2.6 Section 2.3 (Overadvances). Section 2.3 is amended and restated in its entirety
and replaced with the following:
2.3 Overadvances. If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any
Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any
outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of
Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the Committed Revolving Line, Borrower
shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.
2.7 Section 2.5 (Fees). Section 2.5(a) is amended and restated in its entirety and
replaced with the following:
(a) Committed Revolving Line Fee. If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain
a minimum aggregate amount of $30,000,000 of unrestricted funds on deposit for 10
consecutive Business Days with SVB Asset Management and/or SVB Securities, Borrower shall
pay an additional $20,000 fee for the Committed Revolving Line.
2.8 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenant). Section 6.7 is amended and restated in its
entirety and replaced with the following:
At all times, Borrower shall have unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (net of Credit
Extensions) of not less than $40,000,000.
2.9 Section 9.1 (Rights and Remedies). New Sections 9.1(h) and 9.1(i) are added as
follows:
(h) demand that Borrower (i) deposits cash with Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any
future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such
amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all
Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of
Credit;
(i) terminate any FX Forward Contracts.
2.10 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their definition set forth
in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:
Business Day is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other
governmental action to close, except that if any determination of a Business Day shall
relate to an FX Forward Contract, then the term Business Day shall mean a day on which
dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the foreign (i.e., non-Dollar)
currency.
Committed Revolving Line is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to
$10,000,000.
Credit Extension is any Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit, the Existing
Equipment Debt, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services or any
other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers benefit.
Maturity Date is March 4, 2009.
2.11 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their definitions are added
to Section 13.1 in their alphabetically appropriate position:
Cash Management Services is defined in Section 2.1.3.
Foreign Currency means lawful money of a country other than the United States.
FX Business Day is any day when (a) Banks Foreign Exchange Department is conducting
its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is
available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.
FX Forward Contract is defined in Section 2.1.2.
FX Reduction Amount is defined in Section 2.1.2.
FX Reserve is defined in Section 2.1.2.
Settlement Date is defined in Section 2.1.2.
2.12 Exhibit C. Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is replaced in its entirety by
Exhibit A hereto.
3. Limitation of Amendments.
3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set
forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent
to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or
(b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under
or in connection with any Loan Document.
3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan
Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set
forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall
remain in full force and effect.
4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment,
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:
4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and
warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects
as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an
earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing;
4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and
to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;
4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on December 17, 2004
remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and
continue to be in full force and effect;
4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by
Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly
authorized;
4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by
Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will
not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual
restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or
other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d)
the organizational documents of Borrower;
4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by
Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require
any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or
registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision
thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and
4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the
binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation,
moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or
affecting creditors rights.
5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and
all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of March 5, 2008 upon
(a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b)
Borrowers payment to
Bank of all Bank Expenses (including all reasonable attorneys fees and reasonable expenses)
incurred through the date of this Amendment.
[Signature page follows.]
In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed
and delivered as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK |
|
BORROWER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silicon Valley Bank |
|
Harmonic, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Nick Tsiagkas |
|
By:
|
|
/s/Patrick J. Harshman |
Name:
|
|
Nick Tsiagkas
|
|
Name:
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Relationship Manager |
|
Title:
|
|
President & CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
A
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95054 |
|
|
|
FROM:
|
|
HARMONIC
INC.
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 |
The undersigned authorized officer of Harmonic Inc. (Borrower) certifies that under
the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the
Agreement), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all
required covenants, except as noted below, and (ii) all representations and warranties in the
Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date. Attached are the required
documents supporting the certification. The undersigned officer certifies that such documents were
prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied
from one period to the next, except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The
undersigned officer acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of
determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that
compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.
|
|
|
|
|
Reporting
Covenant |
|
Required |
|
Complies |
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly financial statements + CC |
|
Quarterly within 45 days |
|
Yes No |
|
|
|
|
|
Annual financial statements (Audited) |
|
FYE within 120 days |
|
Yes No |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
Covenant |
|
Required |
|
|
Actual |
|
Complies |
Maintain at all times: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and
cash equivalents |
|
$40,000,000 |
|
|
|
Yes No |
Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.
Sincerely,
HARMONIC INC.
Signature
Title
Date
BANK USE ONLY
|
|
|
Received by: |
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER |
|
|
|
Verified: |
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER |
|
|
|
Compliance Status:
|
|
Yes No |
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Harmonic Inc. and Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
The following table shows certain information with respect to the active subsidiaries of the
Company as of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State or Other Jurisdiction of |
|
Percent of Voting Securities Owned |
Name |
|
Incorporation |
|
by Harmonic |
Harmonic (Asia Pacific) Limited. |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic
Europe S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
100% |
Harmonic Germany GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
100% |
Harmonic India Private Limited |
|
India |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Limited |
|
Bermuda |
|
100% |
Harmonic Spain SL |
|
Spain |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies, Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies (HK) Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic (UK) Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
100% |
Harmonic Video Systems Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
100% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-105873, 333-91464, 333-84720, 333-59248, 333-43160, 333-86649, 333-65051, 333-44265,
333-136425, 333-116467, 333-38025 and 333-140935) and Form S-3 (No. 333-147719, 333-141603,
333-43903, 333-44748, 333-74599, 333-84430 and 333-123823) of Harmonic Inc. of our report dated
March 17, 2008, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 17, 2008
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Patrick J. Harshman, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 17, 2008 |
By: |
/s/Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Robin N. Dickson, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 17, 2008 |
By: |
/s/Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
HARMONIC INC.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Harmonic Inc. (the Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the Report), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement
is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report
and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date:
March 17, 2008
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Robin N. Dickson, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Report), fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report and shall not be
deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date:
March 17, 2008
/s/ Robin N. Dickson
Robin N. Dickson
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)